-
1 L'âge
Quel âge avez-vous?L’anglais n’emploie pas le verbe to have (avoir) pour exprimer l’âge, mais le verbe to be (être).quel âge a-t-il?= how old is he? ou what age is he?Les deux mots years old peuvent être omis pour les personnes, mais pas pour les choses.elle a trente ans= she is thirty years old ou she is thirtyil a quatre-vingts ans= he is eighty ou he is eighty years oldla maison a cent ans= the house is a hundred years oldatteindre soixante ans= to reach sixtyNick est plus âgé qu’Isabelle= Nick is older than IsabelleIsabelle est plus jeune que Nick= Isabelle is younger than NickNick a deux ans de plus qu’Isabelle= Nick is two years older than IsabelleIsabelle a deux ans de moins que Nick= Isabelle is two years younger than NickLouis a le même âge que Mary= Mary is the same age as LouisLouis et Mary ont le même âge= Louis and Mary are the same ageon te donnerait seize ans= you look sixteenj’ai l’impression d’avoir seize ans= I feel sixteenon lui donnerait dix ans de moins= he looks ten years youngerÂgé deil est âgé de quarante ans= he is forty years of ageun homme de soixante ans= a man of sixtyun enfant de huit ans et demi= a child of eight and a halfune femme âgée de quarante ans= a woman aged fortyM. Stein, âgé de quarante ans= Mr Stein, aged fortyà l’âge de cinquante ans= at fifty ou at the age of fifty (GB), at age fifty (US)il est mort à vingt-sept ans= he died at twenty-seven ou at the age of twenty-sevenun homme âgé de soixante ans= a sixty-year-old manNoter l’utilisation du trait d’union. Noter aussi que year, qui fait partie de l’adjectif, ne prend pas la marque du pluriel.Lorsque l’on parle d’êtres humains ou d’animaux, le mot qui suit old peut être sous-entendu. Ainsi, a three-year-old peut être un enfant ou un animal (souvent un cheval).un enfant de cinq ans et demi= a five-and-a-half-year-oldune course pour les trois ans= a race for three-year-oldsMais:un vin de soixante ans d’âge= a sixty-year-old wineL’âge approximatifL’anglais emploie indifféremment about et around dans ce cas.elle a dans les trente ans= she’s about thirty ou around thirtyelle a une cinquantaine d’années= she’s about fifty ou around fiftyil n’a pas encore dix-huit ans= he’s not yet eighteenil vient d’avoir quarante ans= he’s just over forty ou (plus familier) he’s just turned fortyil aura bientôt cinquante ans= he’s just under fiftyelle a entre trente et quarante ans= she’s in her thirtieselle a dans les quarante-cinq ans= she’s in her mid-fortieselle va sur ses soixante-dix ans= she’s in her late sixties ou she’s nearly seventyelle va avoir vingt ans= she’s in her late teens ou she’s almost twentyil a tout juste dix ans= he’s just tenil a à peine douze ans= he’s barely twelveLes personnes âgées de X ansles plus de quatre-vingts ans= the over eightiesles moins de dix-huit ans= the under eighteensLes mots anglais en -arian sont des noms:ce sont des septuagénaires= they’re septuagenarianselle est octogénaire= she’s an octogenarian -
2 schelen
1 [onderling verschillen] make a difference2 [afwijken] differ3 [verschil uitmaken] make a difference4 [ter harte gaan] concern, matter 〈zie voorbeelden 4〉5 [ontbreken] 〈zie voorbeelden 5〉6 [mankeren] be the matter♦voorbeelden:2 zij scheelt een hoofd met hem • she's a head taller/shorter than himzij schelen niet veel in leeftijd • they are nearly the same ageze schelen twee maanden • they are two months apartals het jou niets kan schelen • if it's all the same to youkan mij wat schelen! • what do I care!wat kon het schelen! • who cares?het kon hem bitter weinig/absoluut niet schelen • he couldn't care lesshet scheelde niet veel of ik was gekomen • I very nearly camehet scheelde weinig, of hij was verdronken • he narrowly escaped being drowned6 wat scheelt je? • what's the matter with you? -
3 zij schelen niet veel in leeftijd
zij schelen niet veel in leeftijdVan Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > zij schelen niet veel in leeftijd
-
4 suppergiù
about* * *suppergiù avv. ( circa) about, approximately, roughly; ( quasi) almost, nearly, practically: è suppergiù la stessa cosa, it's practically (o roughly) the same thing; hanno suppergiù la stessa età, they are about the same age.* * *[supper'dʒu]avverbio colloq. about, around, more or less* * *suppergiù/supper'dʒu/colloq. about, around, more or less. -
5 gleich
I Adj.1. (übereinstimmend) same, präd. the same; (identisch) identical; Bezahlung, Rechte etc.: equal; (einheitlich) uniform; fast gleich very similar; in gleicher Weise (in) the same way; zu gleichen Teilen equally; zu gleicher Zeit at the same time, simultaneously; gleiches Recht für alle equal rights for all; gleicher Lohn für gleiche Arbeit equal pay for equal work; gleiche Rechte, gleiche Pflichten Sprichw. equal rights, equal responsibilities; das Gleiche oder Gleiches gilt für the same applies to (umg. goes for); es kommt oder läuft aufs Gleiche hinaus oder das bleibt sich gleich umg. it doesn’t make any difference, it comes ( oder boils) down to the same thing; alle Menschen sind gleich (, nur einige sind gleicher hum.) all people ( oder men) are equal (, but some are more equal [than others])2. (ähnlich, vergleichbar) similar, like, präd. alike; Gleiches mit Gleichem vergelten give s.o. tit for tat, pay s.o. back in kind, repay like with like; Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern Sprichw. birds of a feather (flock together)3. (unverändert) the same, unchanged; gleich bleiben stay the same; das wird immer gleich bleiben it’ll never change; mit stets gleicher Höflichkeit with unfailing courtesy; er ist nicht mehr der Gleiche he’s not the man I ( oder we) used to know, he’s really changed, you wouldn’t recognize him any more4. MATH., Winkel etc.: equal; Vorzeichen, Größe etc.: same, like; PHYS., Ladung, Pole: like; in gleichem Abstand voneinander equidistant from each other; x ist gleich y x equals y; 7 - 2 ist gleich 5 7 - 2 is ( oder leaves) 5; 5 + 2 ist gleich 7 5 + 2 equals 7; gleich null setzen equate to zero5. (egal): es ist mir gleich umg. it’s all the same to me; ganz gleich wann / wo etc. whenever / wherever etc. (it is), no matter when / where etc. (it is); es ist ganz gleich, wann / wo etc. it doesn’t matter ( oder make any difference) when / where etc.; das kann dir doch gleich sein umg. why should you care?II Adv.1. alike, equally; gleich alt / groß etc. the same age / size etc.; es geht uns diesmal allen gleich we’re all in the same boat this time; sie stehen gleich SPORT they’re drawing; in der Tabelle: they’re level on points; gleich bleibend always the same; (unveränderlich) constant, invariable; Kurs, Barometer etc.: steady; gleich denkend oder gesinnt like-minded; gleich geartet of the same kind; (ähnlich) similar; gleich gelagerte Fälle similar cases; gleich gerichtet Ziele, Interessen etc.: similar, parallel; TECH. synchronous; ETECH. unidirectional; gleich gesinnte Leute people with the same kind of interest ( oder outlook etc.); gleich gestellt on an equal footing (+ Dat with); gesellschaftlich: on the same social level; gleich gestimmt Instrumente: tuned to the same pitch; fig. in tune (with one another); gleich gestimmte Seelen kindred spirits; gleich lautend Text: identical, with the same wording; Inhalt: to the same effect; Wörter: homonymic; bei verschiedener Schreibung: homophonic; gleich lautendes Wort auch geschrieben: homonym; vom Klang: homophone; gleich lautende Abschrift true copy2. (unmittelbar) right, straight, just, directly; (sofort) straightaway, immediately; gleich zu Beginn right at the outset; (als Anfang) to start off with; gleich daneben right beside ( oder next to) it; gleich gegenüber right ( oder directly) opposite; gleich als as soon as; gleich nach( dem) right ( oder straight) after; ( jetzt) gleich right now, this minute; gleich! hinhaltend: just a minute, give us a chance umg.; ( ich komme) gleich! (I’m) coming!, I’m on my way!; ich ging gleich hin I went straight there; es muss nicht gleich sein there’s no hurry; Kollege kommt gleich im Restaurant: you’ll be served right away; ich bin gleich wieder da I won’t be long; (sofort) I won’t be a minute; komme gleich wieder Schild: will be right back, be back in a jiffy umg.; bis gleich! see you in a minute ( oder later); das haben wir gleich oder das ist gleich geschehen it won’t take a minute, we’ll have that done ( oder fixed) in no time; es ist gleich zehn ( Uhr) it’s nearly ten (o’clock)3. umg., nachfragend: wie heißt er ( noch) gleich? what’s ( oder what was) his name again?; was wollte ich gleich sagen? what was I going to say?; wo war es gleich? where was it now?4. umg. (auf einmal) at a time, at once; sie hat gleich drei Portionen gegessen she ate three helpings at once; er hat gleich zwei Freundinnen auf einmal he has two girlfriends (on the go) at the same time5. umg., Gefühle oder Absicht ausdrückend: das hört sich gleich ganz anders an! that’s better, that’s more like it; willst du wohl gleich den Mund halten! drohend: will you shut up!; gleich passiert was! drohend: there’s going to be trouble!; warum nicht gleich so? ungeduldig: what’s keeping you etc.?; es muss nicht gleich... heißen / sein beruhigend: it doesn’t mean to say (that) / it doesn’t (necessarily) have to be; dann kann ich es ja gleich bleiben lassen! verärgert: then I might as well forget it ( oder give up now)!; geh doch nicht gleich in die Luft! there’s no need to lose your temper; wein doch nicht gleich there’s no need to cry; das dachte ich mir doch gleich! I thought so ( oder as much); habe ich es nicht gleich gesagt? what did I say?* * ** * *[glaiç]1. ADJEKTIVdas gleiche, aber nicht dasselbe Auto — a similar car, but not the same one
der/die/das gleiche... wie — the same... as
in gleicher Weise — in the same way
die beiden Briefe kamen mit der gleichen Post — the two letters arrived in the same post (Brit) or mail
zur gleichen Zeit — at the same time
die beiden haben gleiches Gewicht — they are both the same weight, they both weigh the same
ich fahre den gleichen Wagen wie Sie — I drive the same car as you
das kommt or läuft aufs Gleiche hinaus — it amounts to the same thing
wir wollten alle das Gleiche — we all wanted the same thing
es waren die Gleichen, die... — it was the same ones who...
ihr Männer seid doch alle gleich! — you men are all the same!
es ist mir ( alles or ganz) gleich — it's all the same to me
Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern (Prov) — birds of a feather flock together (Prov)
Gleiches mit Gleichem vergelten — to pay someone back in the same coin (Brit), to pay sb back in kind
ganz gleich wer/was etc — no matter who/what etc
2) = gleichwertig, gleichberechtigt equalin gleichem Abstand — at an equal distance
zwei mal zwei (ist) gleich vier — two twos are four, two times two is four
vier plus/durch/minus zwei ist gleich... — four plus/divided by/minus two is...
gleich sein — to be sb's equal (in sth)
gleiche Rechte, gleiche Pflichten — equal rights, equal responsibilities
mit jdm in einem Ton von gleich zu gleich reden (geh) — to talk to sb as an equal
alle Menschen sind gleich, nur einige sind gleicher (hum) — all men are equal, but some are more equal than others
2. ADVERB1) = ohne Unterschied equally; (= auf gleiche Weise) alike, the samesie sind gleich groß/alt/schwer — they are the same size/age/weightdiams; gleich bleibend
2) räumlich right, justdas Wohnzimmer ist gleich neben der Küche — the living room is right or just next to the kitchen
3) zeitlich = sofort immediately; (= bald) in a minuteich komme gleich wieder — I'll be right back
das mache ich gleich heute — I'll do that today
gleich zu or am Anfang — right at the beginning, at the very beginning
ich werde ihn gleich morgen besuchen — I'll go and see him tomorrow
warum nicht gleich so? — why didn't you say/do that in the first place?
na komm schon! – gleich! — come along! – I'm just coming! or – I'll be right there
wann machst du das? – gleich! — when are you going to do it? – right away or in just a moment
gleich als or nachdem er... — as soon as he...
so wirkt das Bild gleich ganz anders — suddenly, the picture has changed completely
wenn das stimmt, kann ichs ja gleich aufgeben — if that's true I might as well give up right now
deswegen brauchst du nicht gleich zu weinen — there's no need to start crying because of that
er ging gleich in die Küche/vor Gericht — he went straight to the kitchen/to court
bis gleich! — see you later!
4) in Fragesätzen againwie war doch gleich die Nummer/Ihr Name? — what was the number/your name again?
3. PRÄPOSITION (+dat)(liter)likeeiner Epidemie gleich, gleich einer Epidemie — like an epidemic
4. BINDEWORT(old, liter)ob er gleich... — although he...
wenn er gleich... — even if he...
* * *1) (like one another; similar: Twins are often very alike.) alike2) (in the same way: He treated all his children alike.) alike3) (level; the same in height, amount etc: Are the table-legs even?; an even temperature.) even4) (equal (in number, amount etc): The teams have scored one goal each and so they are even now.) even5) evenly6) (the same in size, amount, value etc: four equal slices; coins of equal value; Are these pieces equal in size? Women want equal wages with men.) equal7) (of the same height, standard etc: The top of the kitchen sink is level with the window-sill; The scores of the two teams are level.) level8) (soon: He will be here presently.) presently9) (alike; very similar: The houses in this road are all the same; You have the same eyes as your brother (has).) same10) (not different: My friend and I are the same age; He went to the same school as me.) same11) (unchanged: My opinion is the same as it always was.) same12) ((usually with the) the same thing: He sat down and we all did the same.) same* * *[ˈglaiç]I. adjzwei mal zwei [ist] \gleich vier two times two is [or equals] fourPC ist nicht \gleich PC PCs are not all the samedie \gleichen Gesichter the same faces\gleicher Lohn für \gleiche Arbeit equal pay for equal workin \gleichem Maße to the same degree/extentalle Menschen sind \gleich[, nur einige sind \gleicher (iron)] all people are equal [but some are more equal than others iron]im \gleichen Moment at that very [or the same] moment\gleichen Namens of the same nameam \gleichen Ort at/in the same place\gleiches Recht für alle equal rights pl for all\gleiche Rechte/Pflichten equal rights/responsibilitiesam \gleichen Tag [on] the same day, that same dayin \gleicher [o auf die \gleiche] Weise in the same wayzur \gleichen Zeit at the same timeein G\gleiches tun (geh) to do the sameG\gleiches mit G \gleichem vergelten to pay like with like, to give tit for tat▪ der/die/das G\gleiche the same [one]das G\gleiche gilt für dich the same goes for [or applies to] youdas G\gleiche vorhaben/wollen to have the same intentions/objectivesder/die/das G\gleiche wie.. the same as...2. (einerlei)[ganz] \gleich, was/wer/wie [...] no matter what/who/how [...]▪ jdm ist jd/etw \gleich sb does not care about sb/sth, sb/sth is all the same to sbdas ist mir \gleich I don't care[sich dat] \gleich bleiben to stay [or remain] the same [or unchanged]; Messwert a. to stay [or remain] constant [or steady]du bist dir in deinem Wesen immer \gleich geblieben you've always had the same naturedas bleibt sich doch \gleich (fam) it's the same thing, it makes no difference\gleich bleibend constant/constantly, steady/steadily; konsequent consistent/consistentlyjedes Jahr waren es \gleich bleibend rund 1000 Anfragen each year saw a consistent number of about 1000 requestsin \gleich bleibendem Abstand at a steady distance▪ der/die/das G\gleiche [wie...] the same [as...]es ist immer das [ewig] G\gleiche it's always the same [old thing]sie ist immer die G\gleiche geblieben she's never changedaufs G\gleiche hinauslaufen [o hinauskommen] it comes [or boils] down [or amounts] to the same thing4.▶ von G\gleich zu G \gleich on an equal footingII. adv\gleich alt the same age pred\gleich groß/lang equally large/long, equal in [or the same] size/length pred\gleich schwer equally heavy, the same weight pred▪ etw \gleich tun to do sth the same\gleich aufgebaut/gekleidet sein to have the same structure/to be wearing identical clothesjdn \gleich behandeln to treat sb alike\gleich bezahlt werden to be paid the same, to receive the same pay\gleich gelagert comparable\gleich gestimmte Seelen kindred spirits [or souls]der Appell wurde \gleich lautend in vielen Zeitungen gedruckt the same appeal was printed in many newspapers\gleich nach dem Frühstück right [or straight] after breakfastes ist \gleich ein Uhr it's almost [or nearly] one o'clockes muss nicht \gleich sein you don't have to do it right [or straight] away, there's no hurrybis \gleich! see you then [or later]!; (sofort) see you in a minute [or moment]!ich komme \gleich! I'm just coming!, I'll be right there!habe ich es nicht \gleich gesagt! what did I tell you?, I told you so!warum nicht \gleich so? why didn't you say so/do that in the first place?\gleich danach [o darauf] soon afterwards [or AM also afterward]; (sofort) right away, straight [or right] afterwards [or AM also afterward]\gleich jetzt [right] now\gleich heute/morgen [first thing] today/tomorrow3. (daneben) immediately, right\gleich als [o nachdem] ... as soon as...\gleich dahinter just [or right] behind it\gleich danach just [or right] [or immediately] after it\gleich daneben right beside [or next to] itsie kaufte sich \gleich zwei Paar she bought two pairs!III. partwie war doch \gleich Ihr Name? what was your name again?was hast du \gleich gesagt? what was that you were saying?wir können \gleich zu Hause bleiben we can just [or might] as well stay at homedu brauchst nicht \gleich zu weinen there's no need to start crying3. (überhaupt)\gleich gar nicht/nichts not/nothing at all▪ \gleich jdm/etw [o jdm/etw \gleich] like sb/sth* * *1.1) (identisch, von derselben Art) same; (gleichberechtigt, gleichwertig, Math.) equaldreimal zwei [ist] gleich sechs — three times two equals or is six
gleich bleiben — remain or stay the same; (konstant) remain or stay constant or steady
sich (Dat.) gleich bleiben — remain the same
das bleibt sich [doch] gleich — (ugs.) it makes no difference
gleich bleibend — (konstant) constant; steady
das Gleiche wollen/beabsichtigen — have the same objective[s pl.]/intentions pl.
das kommt auf das Gleiche od. aufs Gleiche heraus — it amounts or comes to the same thing
Gleiches mit gleichem vergelten — pay somebody back in his/her own coin or in kind
Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern — (Spr.) birds of a feather flock together (prov.)
gleich lautend — identical; identically worded
2) (ugs.): (gleichgültig)2.ganz gleich, wer anruft,... — no matter who calls,...
gleich groß/alt usw. sein — be the same height/age etc.
gleich gut/schlecht — usw. equally good/bad etc.
gleich aufgebaut/gekleidet — having the same structure/wearing identical clothes
es ist gleich zehn Uhr — it is almost or nearly ten o'clock
das habe ich [euch] gleich gesagt — I told you so; what did I tell you?
4) (räumlich) right; immediately; just3.gleich rechts/links — just or immediately on the right/left
Präposition + Dat. (geh.) like4.1)nun wein' nicht gleich/sei nicht gleich böse — don't start crying/don't get cross
wie hieß er gleich? — what was his name [again]?
* * *A. adj1. (übereinstimmend) same, präd the same; (identisch) identical; Bezahlung, Rechte etc: equal; (einheitlich) uniform;fast gleich very similar;in gleicher Weise (in) the same way;zu gleichen Teilen equally;zu gleicher Zeit at the same time, simultaneously;gleiches Recht für alle equal rights for all;gleicher Lohn für gleiche Arbeit equal pay for equal work;gleiche Rechte, gleiche Pflichten sprichw equal rights, equal responsibilities;Gleiches gilt für the same applies to (umg goes for);das bleibt sich gleich umg it doesn’t make any difference, it comes ( oder boils) down to the same thing;nur einige sind gleicher hum) all people ( oder men) are equal (, but some are more equal [than others])Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern sprichw birds of a feather (flock together)3. (unverändert) the same, unchanged;mit stets gleicher Höflichkeit with unfailing courtesy;er ist nicht mehr der Gleiche he’s not the man I ( oder we) used to know, he’s really changed, you wouldn’t recognize him any more4. MATH, Winkel etc: equal; Vorzeichen, Größe etc: same, like; PHYS, Ladung, Pole: like;in gleichem Abstand voneinander equidistant from each other;x ist gleich y x equals y;7 – 2 ist gleich 5 7 – 2 is ( oder leaves) 5;5 + 2 ist gleich 7 5 + 2 equals 7;gleich null setzen equate to zero5. (egal):es ist mir gleich umg it’s all the same to me;ganz gleich wann/wo etc whenever/wherever etc (it is), no matter when/where etc (it is);das kann dir doch gleich sein umg why should you care?B. adv1. alike, equally;gleich alt/groß etc the same age/size etc;es geht uns diesmal allen gleich we’re all in the same boat this time;gesinnt like-minded;gleich gelagerte Fälle similar cases;gleich gestimmte Seelen kindred spirits;gleich zu Beginn right at the outset; (als Anfang) to start off with;gleich daneben right beside ( oder next to) it;gleich gegenüber right ( oder directly) opposite;gleich als as soon as;gleich nach(dem) right ( oder straight) after;(jetzt) gleich right now, this minute;(ich komme) gleich! (I’m) coming!, I’m on my way!;ich ging gleich hin I went straight there;es muss nicht gleich sein there’s no hurry;Kollege kommt gleich im Restaurant: you’ll be served right away;ich bin gleich wieder da I won’t be long; (sofort) I won’t be a minute;bis gleich! see you in a minute ( oder later);es ist gleich zehn (Uhr) it’s nearly ten (o’clock)wie heißt er (noch) gleich? what’s ( oder what was) his name again?;was wollte ich gleich sagen? what was I going to say?;wo war es gleich? where was it now?4. umg (auf einmal) at a time, at once;sie hat gleich drei Portionen gegessen she ate three helpings at once;er hat gleich zwei Freundinnen auf einmal he has two girlfriends (on the go) at the same timedas hört sich gleich ganz anders an! that’s better, that’s more like it;willst du wohl gleich den Mund halten! drohend: will you shut up!;gleich passiert was! drohend: there’s going to be trouble!;es muss nicht gleich … heißen/sein beruhigend: it doesn’t mean to say (that)/it doesn’t (necessarily) have to be;dann kann ich es ja gleich bleiben lassen! verärgert: then I might as well forget it ( oder give up now)!;geh doch nicht gleich in die Luft! there’s no need to lose your temper;wein doch nicht gleich there’s no need to cry;das dachte ich mir doch gleich! I thought so ( oder as much);habe ich es nicht gleich gesagt? what did I say?C. präp geh:gleich einem König like a king;einem Wunder gleich as if by magic* * *1.1) (identisch, von derselben Art) same; (gleichberechtigt, gleichwertig, Math.) equaldreimal zwei [ist] gleich sechs — three times two equals or is six
gleich bleiben — remain or stay the same; (konstant) remain or stay constant or steady
sich (Dat.) gleich bleiben — remain the same
das bleibt sich [doch] gleich — (ugs.) it makes no difference
gleich bleibend — (konstant) constant; steady
das Gleiche wollen/beabsichtigen — have the same objective[s pl.]/intentions pl.
das kommt auf das Gleiche od. aufs Gleiche heraus — it amounts or comes to the same thing
Gleiches mit gleichem vergelten — pay somebody back in his/her own coin or in kind
Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern — (Spr.) birds of a feather flock together (prov.)
gleich lautend — identical; identically worded
2) (ugs.): (gleichgültig)2.ganz gleich, wer anruft,... — no matter who calls,...
gleich groß/alt usw. sein — be the same height/age etc.
gleich gut/schlecht — usw. equally good/bad etc.
gleich aufgebaut/gekleidet — having the same structure/wearing identical clothes
es ist gleich zehn Uhr — it is almost or nearly ten o'clock
das habe ich [euch] gleich gesagt — I told you so; what did I tell you?
4) (räumlich) right; immediately; just3.gleich rechts/links — just or immediately on the right/left
Präposition + Dat. (geh.) like4.1)nun wein' nicht gleich/sei nicht gleich böse — don't start crying/don't get cross
wie hieß er gleich? — what was his name [again]?
* * *(Mathematik) adj.equal adj. adj.alike adj.equal adj.like adj.right adj.same adj.similar adj. adv.equally adv.in a moment expr. -
6 même
feminine noun* * *mɛm
1.
1) ( identique) same2) ( suprême) [bonté, dévouement] itself3) ( exact)
2.
1) ( pour renchérir) even2) ( précisément) very3)
3.
de même locution adverbialecette remarque ne s'adresse pas qu'à lui, il en est de même pour vous — this comment isn't just aimed at him, it goes for you too; ( de la même manière)
de même en France l'armée... — similarly in France, the army...
4.
de même que locution conjonctivede même que la première entreprise a fait faillite, la seconde n'a pas duré très longtemps — just as the first business went bankrupt, the second one didn't last very long either
le prix du café, de même que celui du tabac, a augmenté de 10% — the price of coffee, as well as that of tobacco, has risen by 10%
5.
à même de locution prépositiveêtre à même de faire — to be able ou in a position to do
6.
même si locution conjonctive even if
7.
même que (sl) locution conjonctiveil roulait à toute allure, même qu'il a failli avoir un accident — he was driving so fast that he nearly had an accident
8.
pronom indéfinile même, la même, les mêmes — the same
Smirnov, le même que l'on soupçonne aujourd'hui — Smirnov, the same person suspected today
* * *mɛm1. adj1) (avant le nom) (= identique) sameIls ont les mêmes goûts. — They have the same tastes.
J'ai le même manteau. — I've got the same coat.
le... même; la... même; Il est la loyauté même. — He is loyalty itself.
Ce sont ses paroles mêmes. — They are his very words.
Ce sont celles-là mêmes. — They are the very ones.
Je l'ai fait moi-même. — I did it myself.
Moi-même, je pense que... — I myself think that...
soi-même — oneself, yourself
Pour l'apprendre aux autres il faut le savoir soi-même. — To teach it to other people you need to know it yourself., To teach it to other people one needs to know it oneself.
2. pronle même; la même — the same one
Tiens, c'est curieux, j'ai le même! — That's strange, I've got the same one!
3. adv1) (renforcement) evenIl n'a même pas pleuré. — He didn't even cry.
Même lui l'a dit. — Even HE said it.
à même...; à même la bouteille — straight from the bottle
être à même de faire (= en mesure) — to be in a position to do, to be able to do
faire de même — to do likewise, to do the same
... et lui de même —... and so does he,... and so did he,... and so is he
Je suis parti et lui de même. — I left and so did he.
* * *A adj1 ( identique) same; en même temps at the same time; être de la même grandeur or taille to be the same size; c'est toujours la même chose it's always the same; tu dis toujours la même chose that's what you always say; elle porte la même robe qu'hier/que sa sœur she's wearing the same dress as yesterday/as her sister; j'étais dans la même classe que lui I was in the same class GB ou grade US as him; être de la même valeur (que) to be worth the same (as);2 ( suprême) [bonté, dévouement, générosité] itself; il est la perfection/la ponctualité même he's perfection/punctuality itself; c'est l'intelligence même he's/she's intelligence itself;3 ( exact) le jour même où the very same day that; à l'heure même où, au moment même où at the very moment when; c'est l'endroit même du meurtre this is the very place where the murder took place; les lieux mêmes du meurtre/de l'accident the (actual) scene of the murder/of the accident; les fondements mêmes de la société the very foundations of society; par cela même by this very fact; ce sont les termes mêmes qu'il a employés those were his exact ou very words; quant aux thèmes mêmes à traiter as for the precise subjects for discussion; c'est cela même that's it exactly.B adv1 ( pour renchérir) even; je ne m'en souviens même plus I can't even remember; on peut même ajouter one might even add;2 ( précisément) very; c'est ici même que je l'ai rencontré I met him at this very place; aujourd'hui même this very day; c'est alors même qu'elle arriva she arrived at that very moment.C de même loc adv vous partez? nous de même are you leaving? so are we; agir or faire de même to do the same; il a refusé de venir et sa sœur de même he refused to come and so did his sister; il a de même refusé de venir he also refused to come; il en est or va de même pour the same is true of; il n'en est plus de même depuis 1970 this is no longer the case since 1970; cette remarque ne s'adresse pas qu'à lui, il en est de même pour vous this comment isn't just aimed at him, the same goes for you; ( de la même manière) de même en France l'armée… similarly in France, the army…D de même que loc conj de même que la première entreprise a fait faillite, la seconde n'a pas duré très longtemps just as the first business went bankrupt, the second one didn't last very long either; le prix de l'essence de même que celui du tabac a augmenté de 10% the price of petrol GB ou gas US, as well as that of tobacco, has risen by 10%; de même que son prédecesseur, il a démissionné he resigned as did his predecessor, like his predecessor he resigned.E même si loc conj even if.F même que◑ loc conj il roulait à toute allure, même qu'il a failli avoir un accident he was going at top speed and he nearly had an accident, and all○.G pron indéf le même, la même, les mêmes the same; j'ai le même I've got the same one; ce sont toujours les mêmes qui sont punis it's always the same ones who get punished; le même que the same as; le groupe est le même qu'en 1980 the group is the same as it was in 1980; la loi est la même qu'en France the law is the same as it is in France; ce sont les mêmes qui disaient these are the same people who said; Smirnov, le même que l'on soupçonne aujourd'hui Smirnov, the same person suspected today; le système sera le même que celui de mon vieil ordinateur the system will be the same as the one on my old computer ou as that on my old computer; la qualité sera la même que celle de the quality will be the same as that of; ce sac est le même que celui de Pierre this bag is the same as Pierre's.[mɛm] déterminant (adjectif indéfini)1. (avant le nom) [identique, semblable] same2. (après le nom) [servant à souligner]————————[mɛm] pronom indéfini————————[mɛm] adverbemême les savants ou les savants même peuvent se tromper even scientists can make mistakes————————à même locution prépositionnelle————————à même de locution prépositionnelle————————de même locution adverbialefaire de même to do likewise ou the sameil est parti avant la fin, moi de même he left before the end, and so did I————————de même que locution conjonctive————————même que locution conjonctiveelle roulait très vite, même que la voiture a failli déraper she was driving so fast that the car nearly skidded————————même si locution conjonctive -
7 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
8 avoir
avoir [avwaʀ]━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━➭ TABLE 34━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque avoir fait partie d'une locution comme avoir faim, avoir raison, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• j'ai trois frères I have or I've got three brothers• j'ai la réponse I have or I've got the answer• il n'avait pas d'argent he had no money or didn't have any money• en avoir (inf!) ( = être courageux) to have balls (vulg!)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque avoir est utilisé pour localiser un bâtiment, un objet etc, il peut se traduire par to have (got), mais l'anglais préférera souvent une tournure avec to be.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━c. ( = obtenir) to get• pouvez-vous nous avoir ce livre ? can you get this book for us?d. ( = porter) [+ vêtements] to wear• ici, le lac a 2 km de large the lake is 2km wide hereg. ( = souffrir de) [+ rhume, maladie] to have• qu'est-ce que tu as ? what's wrong with you?• il a qu'il est jaloux he's jealous, that's what's wrong with him• qu'est-ce qu'il a à pleurer ? what's he crying for?h. ( = faire) to makei. ( = recevoir chez soi) to havej. ( = avoir un cours de, avoir à faire) to have• le vendredi, j'ai trois heures d'anglais I have three hours of English on Fridaysk. ( = atteindre, attraper) to get• on les aura ! we'll get them! (inf)• je t'aurai ! I'll get you! (inf)• je t'ai bien eu ! got you there! (inf)• je me suis fait avoir de 300 € I was conned out of 300 euros (inf!)2. <━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Le passé composé français peut se traduire soit par le prétérit, soit par le parfait anglais, selon le contexte.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• hier, j'ai mangé trois bananes yesterday, I ate three bananas• as-tu faim ? -- non, j'ai mangé trois bananes are you hungry? -- no, I've eaten three bananas• j'étais pressé, alors j'ai couru I was in a hurry so I ran► avoir à + infinitif ( = devoir)• c'est simple, vous n'avez qu'à lui écrire it's simple, just write to him• s'il n'est pas content, il n'a qu'à partir if he doesn't like it, he can always leave3. <► il y a• il y a voiture et voiture ! there are cars and cars!• qu'y a-t-il ? what is it?• qu'est-ce qu'il y a ? what's the matter?• qu'est-ce qu'il y a eu ? what's happened?• il n'y a pas que toi ! you're not the only one!• il n'y a que lui pour faire cela ! trust him to do that!• j'achète du pain ? -- non, il y en a encore shall I buy some bread? -- no, there's some left• il y en a qui disent... there are those who say...• il y en a qui feraient mieux de se taire ! some people would do better to keep quiet!• il n'y en a que pour mon petit frère, à la maison my little brother gets all the attention at home• il n'y en a eu que pour lui pendant l'émission the whole programme revolved around him► y a pas (inf)il y a pas, faut que je parte it's no good, I've got to go• y a pas, il faut qu'il désobéisse he just won't do as he's told• il y a pas à dire, il est très there's no denying he's very intelligent► il n'y a qu'à (+ infinitif), y a qu'à (+ infinitif) (inf)b. (temps)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Pour exprimer une durée, le présent français devient un parfait en anglais, l'imparfait un pluperfect.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Dans le cas d'une action révolue, on emploie ago et le prétérit.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• il y a dix ans, j'ai obtenu mon diplôme I graduated ten years ago• combien y a-t-il d'ici à Lille ? how far is it from here to Lille?4. <a. ( = bien) assetsb. ( = actif) credit ; ( = billet) credit note5. <* * *
I avwaʀ1) ( obtenir) to get [objet, rendez-vous]; to catch [train, avion]2) ( au téléphone)j'ai réussi à l'avoir — I managed to get through to him/her
3) ( porter) to wear, to have [something] on4) (colloq) ( triompher) to beat, to get (colloq), to havecette fois-ci, on les aura — this time, we'll get ou have them
5) ( duper) to have (colloq); ( par malveillance) to con (colloq)elle s'est fait or laissée avoir — she's been had (colloq)
6) ( éprouver moralement) to feelavoir du chagrin/de la haine — to feel sorrow/hate
qu'est-ce que tu as? — what's wrong ou the matter with you?
7) (servant à exprimer l'âge, des sensations physiques)j'ai 20 ans/faim/froid — I am 20 years old/hungry/cold
la salle a 20 mètres de long — the room is 20 metres [BrE] long
II avwaʀnom masculin2) ( possessions) assets (pl), holdings (pl)•Phrasal Verbs:
••
Dans la plupart des situations exprimant la possession, la disponibilité avoir sera traduit par to have ou to have got: j'ai des livres/enfants/employés = I have (got) books/children/employees; je n'ai pas assez de place/temps = I don't have (ou I haven't got) enough room/time; la maison a l'électricité/cinq pièces = the house has electricity/five rooms; j'aurai mon visa demain = I'll have my visa tomorrow; ils vont/elle va avoir un bébé en mai = they're/she's having a baby in MayLes autres sens de avoir, verbe transitif simple (obtenir, porter, triompher de etc), sont traités dans l'entrée plus basOn notera qu'en règle générale les expressions figées du type avoir raison, avoir beau, en avoir marre, il y a belle lurette, il y a de quoi etc seront traitées respectivement sous raison, beau, marre, lurette, quoi etcOn pourra également consulter les diverses notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment celles consacrées à l'expression de l'âge, aux maladies, à l'expression de l'heure etcOn trouvera ci-dessous les divers emplois de avoir pour lesquelles une explication est nécessaireavoir = verbe auxiliaireavoir verbe auxiliaire se traduit toujours par to have sauf dans le cas du passé composé: ils avaient révisé les épreuves quand je suis parti = they had revised the proofs when I left; quand ils eurent (ou ont eu) révisé les épreuves, ils sont partis = when they had revised the proofs, they left; ils auront fini demain = they will have finished tomorrow; il aurait (ou eût) aimé parler = he would have liked to speak. Lorsqu'on a un passé composé en français, il sera traduit soit par le prétérit: ils ont révisé les épreuves en juin = they revised the proofs in June; ils ont révisé les épreuves avant ma démission = they revised the proofs before I resigned; je suis sûr qu'il l'a laissé là en partant = I'm sure he left it here when he left; soit par le ‘present perfect’: ils ont révisé les épreuves plusieurs fois = they have revised the proofs several timesavoir = verbe semi-auxiliaireDe même, avoir semi-auxiliaire dans les tournures attributives du type avoir le coeur malade/les genoux cagneux, se traduit de façon variable ( to be ou to have) selon la structure adoptée par l'anglais pour rendre ces tournures; voir, en l'occurrence, les entrées coeur et cagneux; mais c'est en général sous l'adjectif que ce problème est traitéavoir à + infinitifExprimant l'obligation ou la convenance, cette locution verbale se rend généralement par to have to suivi de l'infinitif: j'aurais à ajouter que... = I would have to add that...; tu auras à rendre compte de tes actes = you'll have to account for your actions; je n'ai pas à vous raconter ma vie = I don't have to tell you my life-story; vous n'aviez pas à le critiquer = you didn't have to criticize him; il n'a pas à te parler sur ce ton = he shouldn't speak to you in that tone of voice; j'ai beaucoup à faire = I have (ou I've got) a lot to do; tu n'as rien à faire? = don't you have (ou haven't you got GB) anything to do?; j'ai à faire un rapport/un rapport à faire = I have to write a report/a report to writeQuand cette locution équivaut à suffir, plusieurs possibilités de traduction se présentent: tu n'avais qu'à = tu aurais dû, elle se rend par should have suivi du participe passé; tu n'as qu'à leur écrire = you only have to (ou you've only got to GB, ou all you have to do is) write to them; tu n'auras que cinq minutes à attendre = you'll only have to wait five minutes; tu n'avais qu'à faire attention/me le dire/partir plus tôt = you should have paid attention/told me/left earlierOn trouvera sous assez, marre, etc les expressions figées en avoir assez, en avoir marre etc. Voir aussi les emplois avec il y a plus basL'anglais distingue généralement entre une tâche précise ( to take) et une activité ou absence indéterminée ( to be): vous en avez (ou aurez) pour combien de temps? (à faire ce travail) = how long will it take you?, (à me faire attendre) = how long are you going to be?; j'en ai pour cinq minutes (= je reviens dans...) = I'll be five minutes; je n'en ai pas pour longtemps = I won't be long; j'en ai eu pour deux heures = it took me two hoursSe traduit par to cost suivi du pronom personnel complément correspondant au pronom sujet français (voir aussi argent): j'en ai eu pour 500 francs = it cost me 500 francs; nous en aurons pour combien? = how much will it cost us?(sl) en avoir = to have balls (sl); ne pas en avoir = to have no balls (sl)il y a du lait dans le réfrigérateur = there's some milk in the fridge; il y a des souris/des araignées au grenier = there are mice/spiders in the attic; il n'y a pas/plus de riz = there's no/no more rice ou there isn't any/any more rice; il doit y avoir (ou il y aura) des souris dans le grenier = there must be mice in the attic; il n'y a pas eu moins de 50 concurrents = there were no less than 50 competitors; il y a chapeau et chapeau = there are hats and hats; il y aura Paul, Marie,... = there will be Paul, Marie,...; et il y aura Paul et Marie! = and Paul and Marie will be there!; il n'y a pas de raison de faire/que tu fasses = there's no reason to do/for you to do; il a dû y avoir quelque chose de grave = something serious must have happened; qu'est-ce qu'il y a? (qui ne va pas) = what's wrong?, (qui se passe) = what's going on?; il y a qu'elle m'énerve = she's getting on my nerves, that's what's wrong; il y a que l'ordinateur est en panne = the computer has broken downAttention, un mot singulier en français peut être traduit par un mot fonctionnant comme un pluriel en anglais: il y a beaucoup de monde = there are a lot of people; y avait-il du monde? = were there many people?il est venu il y a longtemps/cinq ans = he came a long time/five years ago; il y a cinq ans que j'habite ici = I have been living here for five years; il y aura cinq ans demain que j'ai pris ma retraite = it will be five years tomorrow since I retired; il y aura deux mois mardi que je travaille ici = I will have been working here for two months on Tuesday; il n'y a que deux mois que je suis/travaille ici = I have only been/been working here for two months; il n'y a pas cinq minutes qu'il est parti = he left less than five minutes ago; il n'y a pas 200 ans que l'espèce est éteinte = the species has been extinct for no more than 200 years; il y a combien de temps/d'années que tu habites ici? = how long/many years have you lived here?; il y a combien de temps/d'années qu'on ne s'est vus? = how long is it/many years has it been since we last met?Elle se fait généralement à l'aide du verbe to be: combien y a-t-il jusqu'à la gare/d'ici à la gare? = how far is it to the station/to the station from here?; combien y a-t-il encore jusqu'à la gare? = how much further is it to the station?; il y a 15 kilomètres jusqu'à/d'ici à la gare = the station is 15 kilometres [BrE] away/away from here; il y a au moins 15 kilomètres = it's at least 15 kilometres [BrE] away; il y a encore 15 kilomètres = it's another 15 kilometres [BrE]; il n'y a pas/que 200 mètres d'ici à la gare = it's less than/only 200 metres [BrE] from here to the stationil y a à + infinitifil y a à manger pour quatre = there's enough food for four; il y a (beaucoup) à faire = there's a lot to be done (ceci traduit également il y a de quoi faire); souligner le danger/l'avantage qu'il y a à faire = to stress how dangerous/advantageous it is to do; les risques qu'il y avait/aurait à faire = how risky it was/would be to do; il n'y a pas à hésiter/s'inquiéter = there's no need to hesitate/worry; il n'y a pas à discuter! = no arguments!; il n'y a qu'à le repeindre! - y a qu'à (colloq), c'est facile à dire! = all you have to do is repaint it! - just repaint it! easier said than done!L'existence se rend par there is/are, le temps par to take, et le coût par to cost ou to come to: il y en a qui n'ont pas peur du ridicule! = there are some people who aren't afraid of being ridiculed!; il y en a toujours pour se plaindre (ou qui se plaignent) = there's always someone who complains; il y en a (ou aura) pour deux heures = it'll take two hours; il y en a eu/aurait eu pour deux heures = it took/would have taken two hours; il n'y en a plus que pour deux heures = it'll only take another two hours; il y en a encore pour combien de temps? = how much longer will it take?; il y en a (ou aura) pour 200 francs = it'll cost (ou come to) 200 francs; il y en a eu pour 200 francs = it cost (ou came to) 200 francsNoter aussi: il n'y en a que pour leur chien = they only think of their dog ou their dog comes firstRemarque: certaines formes personnelles du verbe avoir sont équivalentes au présentatif il y a. En corrélation avec le relatif qui, elles ne se traduisent pas; directement suivies de l'objet présenté, elles se traitent comme il y a: j'ai mon stylo qui fuit = my pen is leaking; elle avait les larmes aux yeux = there were tears in her eyes; j'ai ma cicatrice qui me fait souffrir = my scar is hurting; à droite, vous avez une tapisserie d'Aubusson = on your right, there's an Aubusson tapestry* * *avwaʀ1. nm1) (= biens) assets pl2) COMMERCE (= note de crédit) credit2. vt1) (= posséder) to have, to have gotElle a 2 enfants. — She has 2 children., she has got 2 children
Elle a une belle maison. — She has a lovely house., She has got a lovely house.
Il a les yeux bleus. — He has blue eyes., He has got blue eyes.
Tu as de beaux cheveux. — You have beautiful hair., You have got beautiful hair.
Il a beaucoup d'amis. — He has a lot of friends., He has got a lot of friends.
2) (= obtenir) to get3) (= trouver)ici, vous avez la cuisine — here we have the kitchen
4) (= éprouver) [sensation, sentiment] to haveJ'avais un pressentiment. — I had a feeling.
Il a des démangeaisons. — He is itching.
J'ai une petite douleur ici. — I've got a slight pain here.
J'ai un drôle de pressentiment. — I have a funny feeling.
qu'est-ce que tu as?; qu'as-tu? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?
See:faim, peur, mal5) (âge)avoir 3 ans — to be 3 years old, to be 3
J'avais 10 ans quand je l'ai rencontré. — I was 10 when I met him.
6) * (= duper) to do *on vous a eu! — you've been done!, you've been had!
Vous n'avez qu'à lui demander. — You only have to ask him.
Tu n'as pas à me poser des questions. — It's not for you to ask me questions.
en avoir pour...; J'en ai pour une demi-heure. — It'll take me half an hour.
On en a eu pour 100 euros. — It cost us 100 euros.
3. vb auxJ'ai déjà mangé. — I've already eaten.
Il a mangé des frites. — He had some chips.
Hier je n'ai pas mangé. — I didn't eat yesterday.
Je lui ai parlé hier. — I spoke to him yesterday.
Il a neigé pendant la nuit. — It snowed during the night.
4. vb impers1) (présence)il y a (+ singulier) — there is, (+ pluriel) there are
Il y a quelqu'un à la porte. — There's somebody at the door.
Il y a un bon film à la télé. — There's a good film on TV.
Il y a des chocolats sur la table. — There are some chocolates on the table.
Il y a beaucoup de monde. — There are lots of people.
il doit y avoir; Il doit y avoir une explication. — There must be an explanation.
qu'est-ce qu'il y a?; qu'y a-t-il? — what's the matter?, what is it?
Il n'y a qu'à... — We will just have to...
Il n'y a qu'à partir plus tôt. — We'll just have to leave earlier.
Il ne peut y en avoir qu'un. — There can only be one.
2) (temporel)Je l'ai rencontré il y a 2 ans. — I met him 2 years ago.
Il y a 10 ans qu'il est arrivé. — It's 10 years since he arrived.
* * *I.avoir ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: avoir vtr1 ( obtenir) to get [objet, rendez-vous]; to catch [train, avion]; j'ai pu vous avoir votre visa I managed to get your visa for you; j'ai eu ce vase pour cinq euros I got this vase for five euros; pouvez-vous m'avoir un des traducteurs? can you get me one of the translators?; je n'ai pas eu mon train I didn't catch my train; il l'a eue◑ le soir même he had○ her that very evening;2 ( au téléphone) j'ai réussi à l'avoir I managed to get through to him/her; essayer d'avoir le ministre to try to get through to the minister; pouvez-vous m'avoir son adjoint/Hongkong can you put me through to ou get me his assistant/Hong Kong;3 ( porter) to wear, to have [sth] on; elle avait une robe bleue à son mariage she wore a blue dress at her wedding; elle a toujours une écharpe autour du cou she's always got a scarf round her neck; il avait un béret (sur la tête) he had a beret on ou he was wearing a beret;4 ○( triompher) to beat, to get○, to have; l'équipe de Marseille nous a eus the Marseilles team beat us; ne nous laissons pas avoir par la concurrence let's not let the competition beat us; cette fois-ci, on les aura this time, we'll get ou have them;5 ( duper) to have○; ( par malveillance) to con○; j'ai été eu I've been had○; il t'a bien eu! ( l'escroc) he conned○ you!; ( le plaisantin) he was having you on○! GB, he put one over on you○!; elle s'est fait or laissé avoir she's been had○; j'ai failli me faire avoir I was nearly conned○; je ne me laisserai pas avoir par un abruti○ I won't be conned○ by a moron;6 ( éprouver moralement) to feel; avoir du chagrin/de la haine to feel sorrow/hate; qu'est-ce que tu as? what's wrong ou the matter with you?; j'ai qu'il m'énerve he's getting on my nerves, that's what's wrong; qu'est-ce que tu as à crier comme ça? what are you shouting like that for?; j'ai que mon ordinateur ne marche pas because my computer doesn't work; qu'est-ce qu'il a à conduire comme ça? why is he driving like that?; il a qu'il est soûl because he's drunk, that's why;7 (servant à exprimer l'âge, des sensations physiques) j'ai 20 ans/faim/froid I am 20 years old/hungry/cold; la salle a 20 mètres de long the room is 20 metresGB long.en avoir○ to have balls◑; ne pas en avoir○ to have no balls◑.II.avoir nm2 ( possessions) assets (pl), holdings (pl); avoirs à l'étranger foreign assets ou holdings; avoirs en caisse cash holdings; avoirs en dollars dollar-based assets;avoir fiscal tax credit.I[avwar] nom masculin[en comptabilité] credit side2. ÉCONOMIE & FINANCEavoirs assets, holdingsavoirs numéraires ou en caisse cash holdingsII[avwar] verbe auxiliaireA.1. [avec des verbes transitifs]as-tu lu sa lettre? did you read ou have you read his letter?non content de les avoir humiliés, il les a jetés dehors not content with humiliating them, he threw them out2. [avec des verbes intransitifs]3. [avec le verbe 'être']il aurait été enchanté he would've ou would have been delightedB.1. [exprime la possibilité]a. [conseil] all they have to do ou all they've got to do is write to the managerb. [menace] just let them (try and) write to the managers'il vous manque quelque chose, vous n'avez qu'à me le faire savoir if you're missing anything, just let me know2. [exprime l'obligation]et voilà, je n'ai plus qu'à recommencer! so now I've got to start all over again!3. [exprime le besoin]il a à te parler he's got something to ou there's something he wants to tell youtu n'as pas à t'inquiéter you shouldn't worry, you have nothing to worry about4. (locution)————————[avwar] verbe transitifA.1. [être propriétaire de - action, bien, domaine etc.] to have, to own, to possess ; [ - chien, hôtel, voiture] to have, to owntu n'aurais pas un stylo en plus? have you got ou do you happen to have a spare pen?2. [ami, collègue, famille etc.] to haveavoir un/une/des... qui: elle a un mari qui fait la cuisine she's got the sort ou kind of husband who does the cookingavoir son/sa/ses... qui (familier) : j'ai la chaîne de mon vélo qui est cassée the chain on my bike is broken3. [détenir - permis de conduire, titre] to have, to hold ; [ - droits, privilège] to have, to enjoy ; [ - emploi, expérience, devoirs, obligations] to have ; [ - documents, preuves] to have, to possessavoir le ballon to be in possession of ou to have the ball[au téléphone] to get through toj'ai essayé de t'avoir toute la journée I tried to get through to you ou to contact you all day5. [jouir de - beau temps, bonne santé, liberté, bonne réputation] to have, to enjoy ; [ - choix, temps, mauvaise réputation] to haveil a tout pour lui et il n'est pas heureux! he's got everything you could wish for and he's still not happy!6. [recevoir chez soi]avoir de la famille/des amis à dîner to have relatives/friends over for dinnerbientôt, nous aurons les chaînes européennes soon, we'll be able to get the European channels8. [attraper - otage, prisonnier] to have10. [monter à bord de - avion, bus, train] to catchB.1. [présenter - tel aspect] to have (got)elle a un joli sourire she's got ou she has a nice smileton père a le défaut de ne pas écouter ce qu'on lui dit your father's weakness is not listening to what people tell him[avec pour complément une partie du corps] to havefaites attention, il a une arme careful, he's got a weapon ou he's armed3. [faire preuve de]avoir du talent to have talent, to be talentedayez la gentillesse de... would you ou please be kind enough to...4. [exprime la mesure] to bele voilier a 4 m de large ou largeur the yacht is 4 m widetu en as pour 12 jours/deux heures it'll take you 12 days/two hours5. [exprime l'âge] to beC.1. [subir - symptôme] to have, to show, to display ; [ - maladie, hoquet, mal de tête etc.] to have ; [ - accident, souci, ennuis] to have ; [ - difficultés] to have, to experience ; [ - opération] to undergo, to have ; [ - crise] to have, to go through (inseparable)avoir de la fièvre to have ou to be running a temperatureje ne sais pas ce que j'ai aujourd'hui I don't know what's the matter ou what's wrong with me todayle car n'a rien eu du tout, mais la moto est fichue (familier) there wasn't a scratch on the bus but the motorbike's a write-offun enfant/chaton qui a des vers a child/kitten with wormselle eut cette phrase devenue célèbre she said ou uttered those now famous words3. [ressentir]avoir faim to be ou to feel hungryavoir peur to be ou to feel afraidavoir du chagrin to feel ou to be sadavoir de l'amitié pour quelqu'un to regard ou to consider somebody as a friendavoir du respect pour quelqu'un to have respect for ou to respect somebodyce chien/cette guêpe en a après toi! this dog/wasp has got it in for you!en avoir après ou contre quelque chose to be angry about something4. [élaborer par l'esprit - avis, idée, suggestion] to haveD.1 500 euros pour ce buffet? tu t'es fait avoir! 1,500 euros for that dresser? you were conned ou had ou done!tu t'es fait avoir! you've been had ou taken in ou taken for a ride!tu essaies de m'avoir! you're having ou putting me on!————————il y a verbe impersonnel1. [dans une description, une énumération - suivi d'un singulier] there is ; [ - suivi d'un pluriel] there areil n'y a qu'ici qu'on en trouve this is the only place (where) you can find it/themmerci — il n'y a pas de quoi! thank you — don't mention it ou you're welcome!il n'y a rien à faire, la voiture ne démarre pas it's no good, the car won't startil n'y a pas à dire, il sait ce qu'il veut there's no denying he knows what he wantsqu'est-ce qu'il y a? — il y a que j'en ai marre! (familier) what's the matter? — I'm fed up, that's what!2. [exprimant la possibilité, l'obligation etc.]il n'y a qu'à lui dire you/we etc. just have to tell him3. [indiquant la durée]4. [indiquant la distance]il doit y avoir une raison there must be a ou some reason -
9 lige
I sg - lígen, pl - lígeподо́бие сII 1. aúden líge — не име́ющий себе́ ра́вного, бесподо́бный
прямо́й; ра́вныйen líge línje — пряма́я ли́ния
líge réttigheder — ра́вные права́
2. advi líge mǻde — взаи́мно, и вам та́кже
пря́мо; одина́ково; как разdet er mig líge méget — мне э́то всё равно́
han er líge gǻet — он то́лько что ушёл
líge i begýndelsen — в са́мом нача́ле
* * *cleanly, directly, equal, even, evenly, exactly, flat, just, level, right, share and share alike, square, straight* * *I. (en -)( sidestykke) like, match;( ligemand) equal, peer;[ uden lige](neds) unheard-of,F unprecedented ( fx rudeness);( rosende) unequalled,F peerless.II. adj( ret) straight ( fx line);( ens; ligeberettiget) equal ( fx opportunities, pay, rights; all men are equal);( jævnbyrdig) even ( fx match);( jævn) even ( fx distribution);( om tal) even;( i tennis) deuce;[ alt andet lige] other things being equal;[ alle borgere er lige for loven] all citizens are equal before the law;[ give lige for lige] give as good as one gets;T it was tit for tat;(omtr =) fair is fair![ i lige linie] in a straight line, as the crow flies,( om nedstamning) in direct line of descent;[ holde ved lige], se vedligeholde;III. adv( direkte, ikke skævt) straight ( fx go straight home; walk straight);( ligeligt) equally ( fx divide it equally between them);( jævnt) evenly ( fx distribute it evenly);( præcis, netop) just ( fx just here (, there); it is just two o'clock; just what I said); exactly ( fx exactly 20 pounds; exactly the opposite; he is exactly the right man),T right ( fx right here (, there); right in the middle);T right ( fx right over our heads; right in front of us; right after lunch);( om tid: for lidt siden) just ( fx I've just seen him; he had just left);( helt, hele vejen) all the way ( fx to London),T right ( fx right to the end; right from childhood);( i høflig anmodning) would you mind,(+ -ing, fx would you mind waiting here?),(T ved bydemåde) just ( fx just wait here!);[ vil du ikke lige vente] won't you just wait;(ved adj: i lige grad) equally ( fx good, mad, strong, thick);[ lige gamle] the same age; of an equal age;[ lige høje] the same height, of equal height;[ lige lange] the same length ( fx they are the same length), of equal length; equal ( fx cut it into five equal pieces);[ lige store] the same size ( fx they are the same size), of equal size; equal ( fx divide it into five equal parts);[ forskellige forb:][ det var lige alt det vi kunne løfte den] it was all we could do to lift it, we were hardly able to lift it;[ lige da] just as;[ lige meget] the same quantity (of) ( fx they bought the same quantity(of wheat));( i lige grad) equally, alike;( alligevel) all the same, even so,( ligegyldigt) no matter ( fx no matter what you say I'll do it);[ det er lige meget] it doesn't matter; never mind![ det er mig lige meget] I don't mind (el. care), it is all the same to me;[ lige netop], se netop;[ stille lige med] place on an equal footing with;(mht løn) give parity with;[ stå lige](fig) be equal ( fx the votes are equal), be even (el. level) ( fxthe two teams (, parties) are even (el. level)),T be all square ( fx the two teams (, their scores) are allsquare);[ chancerne står lige] the chances are fifty-fifty;[ lige så] as;[ lige så rig som] (just) as rich as;[ ikke lige så rig som] not so rich as;[ lige så lidt som] no more than;[ vil du så lige komme her!] come here this minute![ med præp & adv:][ lige efter] immediately after;[ lige foran huset] just (el. immediately) in front of the house;T right in front of the house;[ lige fra]( sted) straight from,( tid) ever since,T right from;[ lige frem] straight on, straight ahead;(se også ligefrem);[ lige før] just now ( fx you said just now that...);[ lige før krigen] just (el. immediately) before the war;[ det var lige før hun slog mig] she very nearly hit me;[ lige i midten] right in the middle, in the very middle;[ lige ind i] straight into;[ lige ned] straight down;[ lige nu] just now; this very moment;( om kjole) straight up and down;[ lige på og hårdt] straight from the shoulder;[ lige på det rigtige sted] just on the right spot;[ lige siden] ever since;[ lige til]( om tid) up to,T right to;(dvs helt) all the way to London;[ gå lige til sagen] come straight to the point;[ skulle lige til at], se skulle h;(se også ligetil);[ jeg gik lige tilbage] I walked right back;[ lige ud] straight on,(fig) point-blank, outright,T straight out ( fx tell (, ask) him point-blank (etc));[ 50 kroner lige ud] exactly 50 kroner;[ han sagde det ikke lige ud men] he did not tell me in so many words but;[ lige ved]( i nærheden) near by, nearby;( nærmere) close by ( fx he lives near by (etc));( i nærheden af) near, close to ( fx live near (, close to) thestation);( om tal) close on;[ være lige ved at], se ved i;[ lige ved siden af ham] right beside him. -
10 près
près [pʀε]adverb(dans l'espace, dans le temps) close• il habite assez/tout près he lives quite/very near or close• c'est plus/moins près que je ne croyais (espace) it's nearer than/further than I thought ; (temps) it's sooner than/further off than I thought• je vais vous donner le chiffre à un centimètre près I'll give you the figure to within about a centimetre• cela fait 100 € à peu de chose(s) près that comes to 100 euros, or as near as makes no difference► de près• il voit mal/bien de près he can't see very well/he can see all right close to• de près ou de loin [ressembler] more or less• tout ce qui touche de près ou de loin au cinéma everything remotely connected with cinema► près de near close to• être très près du but to be very close to or near one's goal• être près de son argent or de ses sous (inf) to be tight-fisted• il est près de la retraite he's close to or near retirement• il est près de la cinquantaine he's nearly fifty► ne pas être près de + infinitif• je ne suis pas près de partir/de réussir at this rate, I'm not likely to be going/to succeed* * *pʀɛ
1.
1) ( non loin dans l'espace) closela ville est tout près — it's no distance to the town, the town is close by
2) fig10 kg, à quelques grammes près — 10 kg, give or take a few grammes
ce roman est plutôt bon, à quelques détails près — this novel is quite good, apart from the odd detail
à ceci or cela près que — except that
à une voix près, le projet aurait été adopté — the project would have been adopted but for one vote
prends ton temps, on n'est pas à cinq minutes près — take your time, five minutes won't make any difference
précis au millimètre près — accurate to within a millimetre [BrE]
2.
près de locution prépositive1) ( dans l'espace) nearelle habite près d'ici — she lives nearby ou near here
être près du but — fig to be close to achieving one's goal
elle est près de lui — ( à ses côtés) she's at his side
2) ( dans le temps) near, nearly3) (par les idées, les sentiments) close (de to)4) ( presque) nearly, almostcela coûte près de 500 euros — it costs nearly ou almost 500 euros
3.
de près locution adverbiale closelysurveiller quelqu'un/qch de près — to keep a close eye on somebody/sth
vu de près, cela rassemble à... — seen from close quarters, it looks like...
voir la mort de près — to look death in the face, to come close to death
4.
à peu près locution adverbiale ( presque)la rue est à peu près vide — the street is practically ou virtually empty
cela coûte à peu près 20 euros — it costs about ou around 20 euros
* * *pʀɛ adv1) (pas loin) nearJ'habite tout près. — I live nearby.
Il habite près de la poste. — He lives near the post office.
Assieds-toi près de moi. — Sit down next to me.
Il a regardé la photo de près. — He looked closely at the photo.
Il y avait près de cinq cents spectateurs. — There were nearly 500 spectators.
à qch près; à 1kg près — to within about 1kg
On n'est pas à un jour près. — One day won't make any difference., One day either way won't make any difference.
Il était près de le dénoncer. — He was on the point of informing on him.
Je ne suis pas près de lui pardonner. — I'm not about to forgive him.
* * *A adv1 ( non loin dans l'espace) close; la ville est tout près it's no distance to the town, the town is close by; ce n'est pas tout près it's quite a way; c'est plus près qu'on ne pense it's closer than you'd think; se raser de près to have a close shave;2 ( non loin dans le temps) les vacances sont tout près maintenant the vacation is nearly here ou upon us;3 fig cela pèse 10 kg, à quelques grammes près it weighs 10 kg, give or take a few grams; ce roman est plutôt bon, à quelques détails près this novel is quite good, apart from the odd detail; à ceci or cela près que except that; il m'a remboursé au centime près he paid me back to the very last penny; à une minute près, j'avais mon train/je battais mon record I was within a minute of catching my train/breaking my record; à une voix près, le projet aurait été adopté the project would have been adopted but for one vote; gagner/perdre à deux voix près to win/lose by two votes; elles sont semblables, à la couleur près they're the same but for the colourGB; prends ton temps, on n'est pas à cinq minutes près take your time, five minutes won't make any difference; ils ne sont plus à un vol près one more theft won't make any difference to them; je ne suis pas à un paquet de cigarettes près what does the odd packet of cigarettes matter?; précis au millimètre près accurate to within a millimetreGB; à une exception près with only one exception; à quelques exceptions près with a few rare exceptions.B près de loc prép1 ( dans l'espace) near; j'aimerais être près de toi I'd like to be with you; elle habite près d'ici she lives nearby ou near here; être près du but fig to be close to achieving one's goal; la balle est passée très près du cœur the bullet just missed the heart; près d'elle, un enfant jouait a child was playing near her ou beside her; elle est près de lui ( à ses côtés) she's with him;2 ( dans le temps) near, nearly; il est près de l'âge de la retraite he's near retirement age; il est près de minuit it's nearly midnight; elle est près de la cinquantaine she's nearly fifty; on est près des vacances maintenant the holidays are nearly here ou upon us; être près de faire to be about to do; je ne suis pas près de recommencer/d'y retourner I'm not about to do that again/to go back there again; être près de partir/sombrer to be about to leave/sink; le jour est près de se lever dawn is about to break; je suis près de penser/croire que I almost think/believe that; être près de réussir/de refuser/d'accepter to be about to succeed/to refuse/to accept, to be on the point of succeeding/of refusing/of accepting; ils étaient près de la victoire they were close to victory; le problème n'est pas près d'être résolu the problem is nowhere near solved;3 (par les idées, les sentiments) close; elle a toujours été très près de sa mère she has always been very close to her mother; ils sont très près l'un de l'autre they are very close; vivre près de la nature to live close to nature;4 ( presque) nearly, almost; cela coûte près de 1 000 euros it costs nearly ou almost 1,000 euros; il a cessé de fumer pendant près de 20 ans he didn't smoke for nearly 20 years; cela a nécessité près d'un an de travail it involved nearly a year's work; le chômage touche près de 3 millions de personnes unemployment affects nearly ou almost 3 million people; une toile de près de 2 m sur 3 a canvas measuring almost 2 m by 3; cela fait près d'un mois que j'attends I've been waiting close to ou for nearly a month.C de près loc adv closely; regarder de plus près to take a closer look; regarder/examiner qch de près to look at/to examine sth closely; observer/suivre qn de près to observe/to follow sb closely; surveiller qn/qch de près to keep a close eye on sb/sth; le coup de fusil a été tiré de très près the shot was fired at close range; voir de près to see clearly close up; vu de près, cela rassemble à… seen from close quarters, it looks like…; les examens/concurrents se suivent de près the exams/competitors are close together; les explosions se succédèrent de près the explosions came in close succession; être lié de près à qch to be closely linked with sth; s'intéresser de près à qch to take a close interest in sth; frôler de près la catastrophe to come close to disaster; ne pas y regarder de trop près not to look too closely; voir la mort de près to look death in the face, to come close to death; à y regarder de plus près on closer examination.D à peu près loc adv ( presque) la rue est à peu près vide the street is practically ou virtually empty; cela coûte à peu près 200 euros it costs about ou around 200 euros; il y a à peu près une heure qu'il est parti he left about an hour ago, it's about an hour since he left; un groupe d'à peu près 50 personnes a group of about ou some 50 people; je pense à peu près comme toi I think more or less the same as you; à peu près de la même façon in much the same way; à peu près semblables pretty much the same; cela désigne à peu près n'importe quoi it refers to just about anything; c'est à peu près tout that's about the size of it; c'est à peu près tout ce qu'on sait sur cette affaire that's just about all we know about this matter.[prɛ] adverbele bureau est tout près the office is very near ou just around the cornerjeudi c'est trop près, disons plutôt samedi Thursday is too soon, let's say Saturday————————[prɛ] préposition————————à... près locution correlativec'est parfait, à un détail près it's perfect but for ou except for one thing————————à cela près que locution conjonctiveà peu de choses près locution adverbialeà peu de choses près, il y en a cinquante there are fifty of them, more or less ou give or take a few————————à peu près locution adverbialeon était à peu près cinquante there were about ou around fifty of us2. [plus ou moins] more or lessil sait à peu près comment y aller he knows more or less ou roughly how to get there————————de près locution adverbialeat close range ou quarterssurveiller quelqu'un de près to keep a close watch ou eye on somebodyb. (figuré) to look (very) closely at something, to look carefully into somethingcela ressemble, de près ou de loin, à une habile escroquerie however ou whichever way you look at it, it's a skilful piece of fraudtout ce qui touche, de près ou de loin à everything (which is) even remotely connected with————————près de locution prépositionnelle1. [dans l'espace] nearassieds-toi près de lui sit near him ou next to himvêtements près du corps close-fitting ou tight-fitting clothes[affectivement, qualitativement] close toles premiers candidats sont très près les uns des autres there's very little difference between the first few candidatesêtre près de ses sous ou de son argent to be tightfisted2. [dans le temps]je ne suis pas près d'oublier ça I'm not about to ou it'll be a long time before I forget thaton était près de cinquante there were almost ou nearly fifty of us -
11 afectar
v.1 to affect.las medidas afectan a los pensionistas the measures affect pensionersLa conversación afecta sus ideas The conversation affects his ideas.La tensión nerviosa afecta a María Stress affects Mary.2 to upset, to affect badly.le afectó mucho la muerte de su hermano his brother's death hit him hard3 to damage.a esta madera le afecta mucho la humedad this wood is easily damaged by damp4 to affect, to feign.afectó enfado he feigned o affected angerMaría afecta interés pero no es así Mary feigns interest but it is not so.5 to pretend to.El chico afecta saber mucho The boy pretends to know a lot.* * *1 (aparentar) to affect2 (impresionar) to move3 (dañar) to damage4 (concernir) to concern1 (impresionarse) to be affected, be moved* * *verb1) to affect2) feign* * *1. VT1) (=repercutir sobre) to affect2) (=entristecer) to sadden; (=conmover) to moveme afectaron mucho las imágenes del documental — I was very moved by the pictures in the documentary
3) frm (=fingir) to affect, feignafectar ignorancia — to affect o feign ignorance
4) (Jur) to tie up, encumber5) LAm [+ forma] to take, assume6) LAm (=destinar) to allocate2.See:* * *verbo transitivo1)a) ( tener efecto en) to affectb) ( afligir) to affect (frml)2) ( fingir) <admiración/indiferencia> to affect, feign* * *= affect, colour [color, -USA], cut into, disturb, hit, impair, mar, plague, take + Posesivo + toll (on), beset (with/by), concern, afflict, disrupt, bias, prejudice, cross over, bedevil, dog, dent, make + a dent in, ail, strike, spill over into, take + a toll on, hobble, cast + an impact.Ex. Errors such as indexers assigning unsuitable terms to concepts, or relationships being omitted, will affect precision.Ex. Lastly, the style, length and contents of an abstract should and will be coloured by the resources of the abstracting agency.Ex. The paperback has cut sharply into fiction circulation, and Ennis is right in questioning this type of library.Ex. Transcribe the data as found, however, if case endings are affected, if the grammatical construction of the data would be disturbed, or if one element is inseparably linked to another.Ex. Flooding, fire, earthquake, collapsed buildings and landslides are the most frequent kinds of disasters to hit libraries: nearly all will lead to wet books.Ex. It is difficult to neglect either entirely, without impairing the effectiveness in fulfilling the other objective.Ex. Unfortunately, much of Metcalfe's writing is marred by what appears to be a deep-rooted prejudice against the classified approach, particularly as exemplified by Ranganathan.Ex. Title indexes have always been plagued by the absence of terminology control.Ex. The pressures which modern society puts on all its members are great and those pressures take their toll.Ex. Since 1963 they have produced their own bibliographic listings with various degrees of efficiency and comprehensiveness but usually with the same depressing tardiness in recording new publications which has so beset the UNDEX listings.Ex. The first issue concerns the consistent description of subjects.Ex. There will also be those who have in fact decided what information they need but are afflicted by the paralysis of 'unverbalised thought'.Ex. Essentially, problem patrons can be considered in three groups: (1) the dangerous or apparently dangerous; (2) the patron who disrupts readers; and (3) the nuisance whose focus is the librarian.Ex. A sample would be biased if some elements in the population have no chance of selection.Ex. The very requirements for success in one area may prejudice success in another.Ex. Conversely, indirect costs are those factors that are difficult to assign to individual products because they cross over several products.Ex. The article has the title 'Piracy, crooked printers, inflation bedevil Russian publishing'.Ex. The title of the article is 'Sweeping away the problems that dog the industry?'.Ex. Perhaps by the year 2010 newspaper circulations might be seriously dented by online services.Ex. Office automation products and techniques will be able to make a sizeable dent in the growing number of office workers.Ex. The federal government has been once again defined as something broken and part of the problem ailing America.Ex. The collections of the National Library of the Czech Republic have suffered from the floods that recently struck a large part of the country.Ex. The artificiality of institutional concepts has spilled over into the structure of the publishing services on which the user depends for Community information.Ex. Agoraphobia can take a toll on sufferers' families as well as the sufferers themselves, as some agoraphobics may become housebound or cling to certain people for safety.Ex. With Florida's no-fault auto insurance law set to expire in October, there are fears that that medical services could be hobbled.Ex. An interest-rate increase is a weapon to fight inflation which will cast an impact on all industries.----* afectar a = cut across, have + impact (on), have + effect on, have + implication for, impinge on/upon, operate on, carry over to.* afectar a la eficacia de Algo = prejudice + effectiveness.* afectar al mundo = span + the globe.* afectar a todo = run through.* afectar a todo el país = sweep + the country.* afectar a una decisión = colour + decision, affect + decision.* afectar completamente = engulf.* afectar directamente = cut to + the quick.* afectar directamente a = cut to + the heart of.* afectar fuertemente = hit + hard.* afectar mucho = hit + hard.* dificultad + afectar = difficulty + dog.* no afectar = be immune against, leave + unaffected.* no ser afectado = leave + unaffected.* problema + afectar = problem + afflict, problem + plague.* problemática que afecta a = issues + surrounding.* que afecta a = surrounding.* que afecta a toda la sociedad = culture-wide.* que afecta a todas las culturas = culture-wide.* que afecta a varias edades = cross-age [cross age].* que afecta a varias generaciones = cross-generational.* ser afectado por = have + a high stake in.* sin ser afectado = untouched.* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.* * *verbo transitivo1)a) ( tener efecto en) to affectb) ( afligir) to affect (frml)2) ( fingir) <admiración/indiferencia> to affect, feign* * *= affect, colour [color, -USA], cut into, disturb, hit, impair, mar, plague, take + Posesivo + toll (on), beset (with/by), concern, afflict, disrupt, bias, prejudice, cross over, bedevil, dog, dent, make + a dent in, ail, strike, spill over into, take + a toll on, hobble, cast + an impact.Ex: Errors such as indexers assigning unsuitable terms to concepts, or relationships being omitted, will affect precision.
Ex: Lastly, the style, length and contents of an abstract should and will be coloured by the resources of the abstracting agency.Ex: The paperback has cut sharply into fiction circulation, and Ennis is right in questioning this type of library.Ex: Transcribe the data as found, however, if case endings are affected, if the grammatical construction of the data would be disturbed, or if one element is inseparably linked to another.Ex: Flooding, fire, earthquake, collapsed buildings and landslides are the most frequent kinds of disasters to hit libraries: nearly all will lead to wet books.Ex: It is difficult to neglect either entirely, without impairing the effectiveness in fulfilling the other objective.Ex: Unfortunately, much of Metcalfe's writing is marred by what appears to be a deep-rooted prejudice against the classified approach, particularly as exemplified by Ranganathan.Ex: Title indexes have always been plagued by the absence of terminology control.Ex: The pressures which modern society puts on all its members are great and those pressures take their toll.Ex: Since 1963 they have produced their own bibliographic listings with various degrees of efficiency and comprehensiveness but usually with the same depressing tardiness in recording new publications which has so beset the UNDEX listings.Ex: The first issue concerns the consistent description of subjects.Ex: There will also be those who have in fact decided what information they need but are afflicted by the paralysis of 'unverbalised thought'.Ex: Essentially, problem patrons can be considered in three groups: (1) the dangerous or apparently dangerous; (2) the patron who disrupts readers; and (3) the nuisance whose focus is the librarian.Ex: A sample would be biased if some elements in the population have no chance of selection.Ex: The very requirements for success in one area may prejudice success in another.Ex: Conversely, indirect costs are those factors that are difficult to assign to individual products because they cross over several products.Ex: The article has the title 'Piracy, crooked printers, inflation bedevil Russian publishing'.Ex: The title of the article is 'Sweeping away the problems that dog the industry?'.Ex: Perhaps by the year 2010 newspaper circulations might be seriously dented by online services.Ex: Office automation products and techniques will be able to make a sizeable dent in the growing number of office workers.Ex: The federal government has been once again defined as something broken and part of the problem ailing America.Ex: The collections of the National Library of the Czech Republic have suffered from the floods that recently struck a large part of the country.Ex: The artificiality of institutional concepts has spilled over into the structure of the publishing services on which the user depends for Community information.Ex: Agoraphobia can take a toll on sufferers' families as well as the sufferers themselves, as some agoraphobics may become housebound or cling to certain people for safety.Ex: With Florida's no-fault auto insurance law set to expire in October, there are fears that that medical services could be hobbled.Ex: An interest-rate increase is a weapon to fight inflation which will cast an impact on all industries.* afectar a = cut across, have + impact (on), have + effect on, have + implication for, impinge on/upon, operate on, carry over to.* afectar a la eficacia de Algo = prejudice + effectiveness.* afectar al mundo = span + the globe.* afectar a todo = run through.* afectar a todo el país = sweep + the country.* afectar a una decisión = colour + decision, affect + decision.* afectar completamente = engulf.* afectar directamente = cut to + the quick.* afectar directamente a = cut to + the heart of.* afectar fuertemente = hit + hard.* afectar mucho = hit + hard.* dificultad + afectar = difficulty + dog.* no afectar = be immune against, leave + unaffected.* no ser afectado = leave + unaffected.* problema + afectar = problem + afflict, problem + plague.* problemática que afecta a = issues + surrounding.* que afecta a = surrounding.* que afecta a toda la sociedad = culture-wide.* que afecta a todas las culturas = culture-wide.* que afecta a varias edades = cross-age [cross age].* que afecta a varias generaciones = cross-generational.* ser afectado por = have + a high stake in.* sin ser afectado = untouched.* verse muy afectado por = have + a high stake in.* * *afectar [A1 ]vtA1 (tener efecto en) to affectla nueva ley no afecta al pequeño empresario the new law doesn't affect the small businessmanestá afectado de una grave enfermedad pulmonar ( frml); he is suffering from a serious lung diseasela enfermedad le afectó el cerebro the illness affected her brainlas zonas afectadas por las inundaciones the areas hit o affected by the floodslo que dijiste lo afectó mucho what you said upset him terribly3 ( Der) ‹bienes› to encumberB (fingir) ‹admiración/indiferencia› to affect, feign afectar + INF to pretend to + INF* * *
afectar ( conjugate afectar) verbo transitivo
1
2 ( fingir) ‹admiración/indiferencia› to affect, feign
afectar verbo transitivo
1 (incumbir) to affect: la medida nos afecta a todos, the measure affects us all
2 (impresionar, entristecer) to affect, sadden: le afectó mucho la muerte de su padre, she was deeply affected by her father's death
' afectar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
inmune
- tocar
- afligir
- impresionar
- repercutir
- sacudir
English:
affect
- damage
- get
- hit
- tell
- upset
- dent
- difference
- disrupt
- impair
- interfere
- touch
- whole
* * *afectar vt1. [incumbir] to affect;las medidas afectan a los pensionistas the measures affect pensioners2. [afligir] to upset, to affect badly;todo lo afecta he's very sensitive;lo afectó mucho la muerte de su hermano his brother's death hit him hard3. [producir perjuicios en] to damage;la sequía que afectó a la región the drought which hit the region;a esta madera le afecta mucho la humedad this wood is easily damaged by damp4. [simular] to affect, to feign;afectó enfado he feigned o affected anger5. RP [destinar, asignar] to assign* * *v/t2 ( conmover) upset, affect3 ( fingir) feign* * *afectar vt1) : to affect2) : to upset3) : to feign, to pretend* * *afectar vb1. to affect -
12 casi
adv.1 almost.casi me muero I almost o nearly diedno comió casi nada she ate almost o practically nothingcasi no dormí I hardly slept at allcasi, casi almost, just aboutcasi nunca hardly ever¿qué te pasa? — ¡casi nada! que me ha dejado mi mujer what's up? — my wife only went and left melo venden por tres millones -- ¡casi nada! they're selling it for three million - what a snip!casi siempre almost o nearly always2 approximately, well-nigh, roughly.* * *► adverbio1 almost, nearly\casi, casi familiar just about¡casi nada! familiar peanuts!■ le tocaron 5 millones, ¡casi nada! he won 5 million, peanuts!casi no hardlycasi nunca hardly ever* * *adv.1) almost, nearly* * *ADV1) (=indicando aproximación) almost, nearlyestá casi terminado — it's almost o nearly finished
son ya casi las tres — it's almost o nearly three o'clock
¡huy!, casi me caigo — oops! I almost o nearly fell over
nada ha cambiado en los casi dos años transcurridos — nothing has changed in what is almost two years
despidieron a la casi totalidad de la plantilla — they sacked virtually o practically the entire staff
estaba congelado, o casi — it was frozen, or very near it
ocurre lo mismo en casi todos los países — the same thing happens in virtually o practically all countries
-¿habéis terminado? -casi, casi — "have you finished?" - "just about o very nearly"
no sabemos casi nada de lo que está ocurriendo — we know almost o virtually nothing about what's going on, we know hardly anything about what's going on
100 dólares..., ¡casi nada! — iró 100 dollars, a mere trifle!
•
casi nunca — hardly ever, almost never2) [indicando indecisión] almostCASI Las dos traducciones principales de casi en inglés son almost y nearly: Estoy casi lista I'm almost o nearly ready Eran casi las cuatro cuando sonó el teléfono It was almost o nearly four o'clock when the telephone rang Nos vemos casi todos los días We meet almost o nearly every day ► Cuando almost y nearly acompañan a un verbo, se colocan detrás de este si se trata de un verbo auxiliar o modal y delante en el caso de los demás verbos: Casi me rompo la muñeca I almost o nearly broke my wrist Mi hijo ya casi habla My son can almost o nearly talk Sin embargo, hay algunos casos en los que no podemos utilizar nearly: ► delante de adverbios que terminan en -ly "¿Qué estáis haciendo aquí?" nos preguntó casi con enfado "What are you doing here?" he asked almost angrily ► delante de like: Se comporta casi como un niño He behaves almost like a child ► acompañando a adjetivos o sustantivos que, normalmente, no pueden ser modificados: El mono tenía una expresión casi humana The monkey had an almost human expression Me pareció casi un alivio I found it almost a relief ► delante de palabras de sentido negativo, como never, no, none, no-one, nothing y nowhere; en estos casos, muchas veces se traduce también por practically: No dijo casi nada She said almost o practically nothing No había casi nadie en la fiesta There was almost o practically no-one at the party En estos casos también se puede usar la construcción hardly + ever/ any/ anything {etc}: No dijo casi nada She said hardly anything No había casi nadie en la fiesta There was hardly anyone at the party Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entradano sé, casi prefiero no ir — I don't know, I think I'd rather not go
* * *1)a) ( cerca de) almost, nearlyes casi imposible — it's virtually o almost impossible
b) (delante del n) (frml)2) ( en frases negativas)¿pudiste dormir? - casi nada — did you manage to sleep? - hardly at all
¿200? casi nada! — (iró) $200? is that all? (iro)
yo casi te diría que lo vendas — I'd be inclined to say, sell it
* * *= almost, nearly, virtually, something of, barely, well-nigh, pretty well, by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, just about.Ex. Documents rarely exactly match a user's requirements because information can be packaged in almost as many different ways as there are participants in a subject area.Ex. Today, BLCMP offers services to nearly fifty member libraries including public libraries, university libraries polytechnic libraries and others.Ex. Virtually all software packages offer the purchaser the opportunity to evolve a record format which suits a specific application.Ex. Shannon's approach proved something of a dead end.Ex. There are fewer women library directors now than in 1964, and in all types of employment women earn barely more than half the earnings of men.Ex. This report seems to have raised more questions than it has answered, particularly in the area of ILL costs and charges, where controversy rages and agreement between the various types of library appears well-nigh impossible to reach.Ex. Ozon's novel falls flat because the plot is not only foreseeable pretty well every step of the way but, at its weakest, slumps into novelettish cliche.Ex. The middle class holds on by the skin of its teeth, saved from a real downward slide only by record increases in the number of dual-income families.Ex. Immorality and general disrespect for our fellow beings is just about the norm in this day and age.----* algo casi seguro = a sure bet, safe bet.* casi analfabeto = near-illiterate.* casi aritmético = quasi-arithmetical.* casi ausencia = quasi-absence.* casi conseguir = come close to + Gerundio.* casi contemporáneo = near-contemporary.* casi cualquier = almost any.* casi cualquier cosa = just about anything.* casi de auxiliar administrativo = quasi-clerical.* casi + desmayarse = nearly + faint.* casi de todo = just about everything.* casi fanático = near-frantic.* casi fatal = near-fatal.* casi + Fecha = for the best part of + Fecha, for the better part of + Fecha.* casi histérico = highly-strung, high-strung.* casi inaceptable = borderline.* casi indiscutiblemente = arguably.* casi la perfección = near-perfection.* casi + morir = nearly + die.* casi mortal = near-fatal.* casi nada = next to nothing.* casi neutro = near-neutral.* casi siempre = almost invariably.* casi sinónimo = near synonym.* casi sin previo aviso = without much notice.* casi todo = everything but the kitchen sink, just about everything.* casi todos = almost any.* casi universal = quasi-universal.* casi + Verbo = all but + Verbo.* durante casi + Fecha = for the best part of + Fecha, for the better part of + Fecha.* durante casi todo el año = for the best part of the year.* en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.* en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.* eso es casi todo = that's about it.* estar casi finalizado = near + completion.* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.* pasar casi rozando = skim.* por nada or casi nada = at little or no extra cost.* reproducción casi facsímil = quasi-facsimile.* ser casi seguro = be a good bet.* una oportunidad casi segura = a sporting chance.* * *1)a) ( cerca de) almost, nearlyes casi imposible — it's virtually o almost impossible
b) (delante del n) (frml)2) ( en frases negativas)¿pudiste dormir? - casi nada — did you manage to sleep? - hardly at all
¿200? casi nada! — (iró) $200? is that all? (iro)
yo casi te diría que lo vendas — I'd be inclined to say, sell it
* * *= almost, nearly, virtually, something of, barely, well-nigh, pretty well, by the skin of + Posesivo + teeth, just about.Ex: Documents rarely exactly match a user's requirements because information can be packaged in almost as many different ways as there are participants in a subject area.
Ex: Today, BLCMP offers services to nearly fifty member libraries including public libraries, university libraries polytechnic libraries and others.Ex: Virtually all software packages offer the purchaser the opportunity to evolve a record format which suits a specific application.Ex: Shannon's approach proved something of a dead end.Ex: There are fewer women library directors now than in 1964, and in all types of employment women earn barely more than half the earnings of men.Ex: This report seems to have raised more questions than it has answered, particularly in the area of ILL costs and charges, where controversy rages and agreement between the various types of library appears well-nigh impossible to reach.Ex: Ozon's novel falls flat because the plot is not only foreseeable pretty well every step of the way but, at its weakest, slumps into novelettish cliche.Ex: The middle class holds on by the skin of its teeth, saved from a real downward slide only by record increases in the number of dual-income families.Ex: Immorality and general disrespect for our fellow beings is just about the norm in this day and age.* algo casi seguro = a sure bet, safe bet.* casi analfabeto = near-illiterate.* casi aritmético = quasi-arithmetical.* casi ausencia = quasi-absence.* casi conseguir = come close to + Gerundio.* casi contemporáneo = near-contemporary.* casi cualquier = almost any.* casi cualquier cosa = just about anything.* casi de auxiliar administrativo = quasi-clerical.* casi + desmayarse = nearly + faint.* casi de todo = just about everything.* casi fanático = near-frantic.* casi fatal = near-fatal.* casi + Fecha = for the best part of + Fecha, for the better part of + Fecha.* casi histérico = highly-strung, high-strung.* casi inaceptable = borderline.* casi indiscutiblemente = arguably.* casi la perfección = near-perfection.* casi + morir = nearly + die.* casi mortal = near-fatal.* casi nada = next to nothing.* casi neutro = near-neutral.* casi siempre = almost invariably.* casi sinónimo = near synonym.* casi sin previo aviso = without much notice.* casi todo = everything but the kitchen sink, just about everything.* casi todos = almost any.* casi universal = quasi-universal.* casi + Verbo = all but + Verbo.* durante casi + Fecha = for the best part of + Fecha, for the better part of + Fecha.* durante casi todo el año = for the best part of the year.* en casi nada = in no time at all, in next to no time, in no time.* en casi todos los + Nombre = in just about every + Nombre.* eso es casi todo = that's about it.* estar casi finalizado = near + completion.* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.* pasar casi rozando = skim.* por nada or casi nada = at little or no extra cost.* reproducción casi facsímil = quasi-facsimile.* ser casi seguro = be a good bet.* una oportunidad casi segura = a sporting chance.* * *A1 (cerca de) almost, nearlycuesta casi el doble it costs almost o nearly twice as muchya eran casi las tres it was almost o nearly three o'clockes casi imposible it's virtually o practically o almost impossiblecasi todos son latinoamericanos nearly o almost all of them are Latin American¡uy! casi me caigo whoops! I nearly fell overde casi no se muere nadie a miss is as good as a mile2 ( delante del n) ( frml):la casi totalidad de la población almost the entire populationlos casi tres millones de habitantes del país the country's almost three million inhabitantsB(en frases negativas): ya casi no tiene fiebre she hardly has a temperature nowcasi no se le oía you could hardly hear himeso no sucede casi nunca that hardly ever happensno nos queda casi nada de pan there's hardly any bread left, there's almost no bread left¿pudiste dormir? — casi nada did you manage to sleep? — hardly at allno había casi nadie there was hardly anyone there, there was almost nobody thereme sentía tan mal que casi no vengo I felt so bad I almost didn't comesin (el) casi: es casi indecente — sin casi it's almost indecent — almost, no, it is indecentC(expresando una opinión tentativa): yo casi te diría que lo vendas I'd be inclined to say, sell it o I think I'd advise you to sell itcasi sería mejor hablar con él antes maybe it would be better to speak to him first* * *
casi adverbio
1 ( cerca de) almost, nearly;
2 ( en frases negativas):
casi nunca hardly ever;
no nos queda casi nada de pan there's hardly any bread left;
¿pudiste dormir? — casi nada did you manage to sleep? — hardly at all;
casi no vengo I almost didn't come
3 ( expresando una opinión tentativa):
casi adverbio almost, nearly: casi me lo compro, I nearly bought it
casi no se oye, it can hardly be heard
familiar casi, casi, just about
casi cien personas, almost a hundred people
casi nadie, hardly anyone
casi nunca, hardly ever
casi siempre, almost always
casi todos, almost all
' casi' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alquilar
- apenas
- caerse
- cerca
- ir
- gasto
- gay
- inapreciable
- nada
- nadie
- normalmente
- nunca
- respiración
- tener
- acabar
- alcanzar
- calentar
- dormir
- durante
- golpe
- matar
- medir
- mero
- palmo
- sombra
English:
about
- absent
- absorb
- all
- almost
- anything
- barely
- best
- clear
- close
- die
- esquire
- ever
- excel
- fray
- frizzy
- good
- hardly
- narrowly
- nearly
- next
- o'clock
- obtain
- perfect
- practically
- queer
- sloppy
- tall
- tantamount
- by
- certainly
- cripple
- face
- fairly
- fit
- most
- muffle
- near
- near-
- nil
- nine
- one
- out
- reasonably
- skim
- time
- virtually
* * *casi adv1. [faltando poco] almost;casi me muero I almost o nearly died;casi me caigo I almost o nearly fell;casi no dormí I hardly slept at all;el casi millón de refugiados the refugees, who number almost a million;no llegamos hasta la cumbre pero casi, casi we didn't quite get to the top, but almost;no comió casi nada she hardly ate anything;casi nunca hardly ever;casi siempre almost o nearly always;está casi olvidado – sin el casi it's all but forgotten – leave out the “all but”2. [expresando indecisión]casi me voy a quedar con el rojo I think I'll probably go for the red one;casi casi preferiría dormir en un albergue que en una pensión I'd almost prefer to sleep in a youth hostel rather than a guesthouse3. CompIrónicocasi nada: ¿qué te pasa? – ¡casi nada! que me ha dejado mi mujer what's up? – my wife's only gone and left me, that's all!;lo venden por 3 millones – ¡casi nada! they're selling it for 3 million – what a bargain o Br snip!* * *adv almost, nearly; en frases negativas hardly* * *casi adv1) : almost, nearly, virtuallycasi nunca: hardly ever* * *casi adv1. (en general) nearly / almost2. (apenas) hardly -
13 ancho
adj.1 broad, wide.2 latus.3 large-waist.4 permissive, lax, loose.m.width, breadth.pres.indicat.1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: anchar.* * *► adjetivo1 (gen) broad, wide2 (prenda - holgada) loose-fitting; (- grande) too big1 (anchura) breadth, width■ ¿qué ancho tiene? how wide is it?2 (en costura) width\a sus anchas familiar comfortable, at easea lo ancho breadthwise, acrossestar más ancho,-a que largo,-a to be full of oneselfestar muy ancho,-a to have plenty of space, have plenty of roomponerse más ancho,-a que largo,-a to swell with pridequedarse tan ancho,-a familiar to behave as if nothing had happened, not bat an eyelid————————1 (anchura) breadth, width■ ¿qué ancho tiene? how wide is it?2 (en costura) width* * *1. noun m.breadth, width2. (f. - ancha)adj.1) broad, wide2) loose* * *1. ADJ1) (=amplio) [camino, puente, habitación] wide; [calle, sonrisa, manos] broad; [muro] thick•
a lo ancho de algo — across sthhabía manifestantes a todo lo ancho de la avenida — there were demonstrators the length and breadth of the avenue
Castilla, largo 1., 6)•
por todo el ancho mundo — throughout the whole wide world, the world over2) (=holgado) [chaqueta, pantalón] loose, loose-fitting; [falda] full; [manga] widequedar o Esp estar o Esp venir ancho a algn — to be too wide for sb
esta camisa me viene ancha — this shirt is too big for me, this shirt is on the big side *
a sus anchas —
manga 1)ponerse a sus anchas — to make o.s. comfortable, spread o.s.
3) Esp (=cómodo, confortable)aquí te puedes sentir bien ancha — you can make yourself comfortable o at home here
en dos coches iremos más anchos — we'll be more comfortable in two cars, we'll have more room if we go in two cars
quedarse tan ancho, quedarse más ancho que largo —
le dijo cuatro verdades y se quedó tan ancho — he gave him a piece of his mind and felt very pleased with himself
panchono sabes lo ancho que me he quedado después de decírselo — it feels such a weight off my shoulders to have told him
4) (=liberal) liberal, broad-minded5) (=orgulloso) proud2. SM1) (=anchura) [de camino, ventana] width; [de río] width, breadth¿cuál es el ancho de la mesa? — what is the width of the table?
doble 1., 1)•
de ancho, tiene doce metros de ancho — it is twelve metres wide2) (Ferro) (tb: ancho de vía) gauge, gage (EEUU)* * *I- cha adjetivo1)a) <camino/río/mueble> widea lo ancho — breadthways o (BrE) widthways
b) <manos/cara/espalda> broadc) < ropa> loose-fitting, loose2) (fam) (ufano, orgulloso) proudiba todo ancho del brazo de su hija — he was bursting with pride as he walked arm-in-arm with his daughter
3) (cómodo, tranquilo)allí estaremos más anchos — (Esp) we'll have more room there
qué ancho me quedé después de decírselo! — (Esp) I felt really good after I'd told him
estar/sentirse/ponerse a sus anchas — to be/feel/make oneself at home
IIquedarse tan ancho — (Esp fam) ver pimpante
masculino width¿cuánto tiene or mide de ancho? — how wide is it?
tiene or mide 6 metros de ancho — it's 6 meters wide
* * *= broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], loose fitting, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], baggy [baggier -comp., baggiest -sup.], saggy [saggier -comp., saggiest -sup.].Ex. In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.Ex. Documents should be kept in acid free boxes with loose fitting tops on shelves preferably made from baked enamel steel.Ex. Located in an isolated section of the Southwest, Los Pasos sits under the brassy sun on a wide plain below a low range of hills.Ex. After he returned from the outing, students were complaining that he was wearing the same baggy pants, minus boxers and with zipper undone.Ex. The most overlooked secret to perfect skin is avoiding conditions that lead to wrinkling, age spots, saggy skin and in general all around skin damage.----* a lo largo y ancho del país = countrywide [country-wide].* a lo largo y ancho de + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.* ancho de banda = bandwidth.* ancho de caderas = pear-shaped, wide-hipped.* ancho de espaldas = broad-shouldered.* anchos de diferentes tamaños = graded widths.* cinta adhesiva ancha para libros = book tape.* cinta ancha adhesiva plateada = duct tape.* corbata ancha de colorines = kipper tie.* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.* meter de ancho = take in.* Número + de ancho = Número + wide.* pantalones anchos = baggy pants.* sombrero de alas anchas = broad-brimmed hat.* * *I- cha adjetivo1)a) <camino/río/mueble> widea lo ancho — breadthways o (BrE) widthways
b) <manos/cara/espalda> broadc) < ropa> loose-fitting, loose2) (fam) (ufano, orgulloso) proudiba todo ancho del brazo de su hija — he was bursting with pride as he walked arm-in-arm with his daughter
3) (cómodo, tranquilo)allí estaremos más anchos — (Esp) we'll have more room there
qué ancho me quedé después de decírselo! — (Esp) I felt really good after I'd told him
estar/sentirse/ponerse a sus anchas — to be/feel/make oneself at home
IIquedarse tan ancho — (Esp fam) ver pimpante
masculino width¿cuánto tiene or mide de ancho? — how wide is it?
tiene or mide 6 metros de ancho — it's 6 meters wide
* * *= broad [broader -comp., broadest -sup.], loose fitting, wide [wider -comp., widest -sup.], baggy [baggier -comp., baggiest -sup.], saggy [saggier -comp., saggiest -sup.].Ex: In 'upper town' streets are broad, quiet, and tree-shaded; the homes are tall and heavy and look like battleships, each anchored in its private sea of grass.
Ex: Documents should be kept in acid free boxes with loose fitting tops on shelves preferably made from baked enamel steel.Ex: Located in an isolated section of the Southwest, Los Pasos sits under the brassy sun on a wide plain below a low range of hills.Ex: After he returned from the outing, students were complaining that he was wearing the same baggy pants, minus boxers and with zipper undone.Ex: The most overlooked secret to perfect skin is avoiding conditions that lead to wrinkling, age spots, saggy skin and in general all around skin damage.* a lo largo y ancho del país = countrywide [country-wide].* a lo largo y ancho de + Lugar = up and down + Lugar.* ancho de banda = bandwidth.* ancho de caderas = pear-shaped, wide-hipped.* ancho de espaldas = broad-shouldered.* anchos de diferentes tamaños = graded widths.* cinta adhesiva ancha para libros = book tape.* cinta ancha adhesiva plateada = duct tape.* corbata ancha de colorines = kipper tie.* de caderas anchas = wide-hipped.* de espaldas anchas = broad-shouldered.* meter de ancho = take in.* Número + de ancho = Número + wide.* pantalones anchos = baggy pants.* sombrero de alas anchas = broad-brimmed hat.* * *A1 ‹camino› wide; ‹río› wide, broad; ‹cama/mesa› widela entrada no es lo suficientemente ancha the entrance is not wide enoughpusieron barricadas a todo lo ancho de la carretera they put barricades right across the roaddoblar el papel a lo ancho fold the paper breadthways o ( BrE) widthways2 ‹manos/cara/espalda› broades ancho de espaldas he's broad-shouldered3 ‹pared› thick4 ‹pantalones/chaqueta› loose-fitting, loosela falda me está or queda or viene ancha de cintura the skirt is too big around the waist for meB ( fam) (ufano, orgulloso) proudiba todo ancho del brazo de su hija he was very proud o bursting with pride as he walked arm-in-arm with his daughterC(cómodo, tranquilo): vamos en mi coche, así estaremos más anchos ( Esp); we'll take my car, that way we'll have more room¡qué ancho me quedé después de decírselo! ( Esp); I felt really good o I felt I'd got(ten) a real weight off my chest after I'd told himestar/sentirse/ponerse a sus anchas to be/feel/make oneself at homeen su casa me siento a mis anchas I feel at home o at ease at his houseahora podemos charlar a nuestras anchas now we can relax and have a good chatllegó al hotel y se puso a sus anchas he arrived at the hotel and made himself comfortable o made himself at home o settled himself inquedarse tan ancho ( Esp fam): lo dijo mal y se quedó tan ancho he said it wrong but just carried on regardless o as if nothing had happened o but he wasn't at all fazedlo echaron del trabajo y se quedó tan ancho they fired him but he wasn't the least bit bothered o worried o but he was totally unpertubedcasi se mata y se queda tan ancho he nearly kills himself and then behaves o acts as if nothing had happened, he nearly kills himself and he doesn't bat an eyelash ( AmE) o ( BrE) eyelid o turn a hairme llamó mentirosa y se quedó tan ancho he called me a liar, quite unashamedlydijo que se iba a vivir con él, así tan ancha she quite boldly o calmly said she was going to go and live with him, she said she was going to go and live with him, quite brazenly o unashamedly1 widthmide el ancho de la alfombra measure the width of the carpet¿cuánto tiene or mide de ancho? how wide is it?tiene or mide 6 metros de largo por 3 de ancho it's 6 meters long by 3 meters wideCompuestos:bandwidthgauge( Ferr) Spanish broad gauge( Ferr) standard gauge* * *
ancho 1◊ - cha adjetivo
1
a lo ancho breadthways o (BrE) widthways
2 (cómodo, tranquilo):
estar/sentirse/ponerse a sus anchas to be/feel/make oneself at home
ancho 2 sustantivo masculino
width;◊ ¿cuánto mide de ancho? how wide is it?;
tiene 6 metros de ancho it's 6 meters wide
ancho,-a
I adjetivo wide, broad
ese vestido te está muy ancho, that dress is too big for you
II sustantivo masculino
1 (anchura) width, breadth: ¿qué ancho tiene?, how wide is it?
la mesa tiene un metro de ancho, the table is a metre wide
2 Cost width
♦ Locuciones: familiar quedarse tan ancho (tranquilo): llega tarde y se queda tan ancha, she is always late but never shows any sign of remorse
a lo ancho: mide la cocina a lo ancho, measure the kitchen widthways
familiar a mis/tus/sus anchas, at ease, comfortable
Empleamos wide (ancho) para hablar de distancias físicas: Vivimos en una calle ancha. We live in a wide street. El coche no entra, es demasiado ancho. The car won't go in, it's too wide.
Broad (amplio) es más abstracto y lo usamos en ciertas expresiones (plena luz de día, broad daylight; liberal, broad-minded) o en estilo literario para describir ríos, valles u otros elementos geográficos: Al otro lado del ancho valle se encuentra el castillo. On the other side of the broad valley stands the castle.
' ancho' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
amplia
- amplio
- ancha
- interlineal
- medir
- sacar
- tener
- de
- espalda
- impresión
- por
English:
across
- breadth
- broad
- frame
- gauge
- in
- wide
- width
- baggy
- coast
- depth
- how
- length
* * *ancho, -a♦ adj1. [abertura, carretera, río] wide;mídelo a lo ancho measure it crosswise;a lo ancho de across (the width of);había rocas a lo ancho de la carretera there were rocks across the middle of the road;es ancho de hombros he's broad-shouldered;en este asiento se está muy ancho this seat is nice and wide2. [muro] thick3. [ropa] loose-fitting;este vestido me viene ancho de cintura this dress is too big for me around the waist;venirle ancho a alguien to be too big for sb;el puesto de director le viene ancho he doesn't have what it takes for the job of manager4. [persona] [cómoda] comfortable;estaremos más anchos si nos vamos al jardín we'll have more room if we go into the garden;a mis/tus anchas at ease;ponte a tus anchas make yourself at home[desahogada] relieved;estar/ponerse muy ancho to be/become conceited;yo tan preocupada y él, tan ancho I was so worried whereas he didn't seem at all bothered o the least bit concerned;quedarse tan ancho not to care less;lo dijo delante de todos y se quedó tan ancho he said it in front of everyone, just like that;¡qué ancho me he quedado después del examen! I'm so relieved to have got the exam over with!;Irónico¡se habrá quedado ancho con la tontería que ha dicho! he must be delighted with himself for making that stupid remark♦ nmwidth;tener 5 metros de ancho to be 5 metres wideInformát ancho de banda bandwidth; Ferroc ancho de vía gauge* * *I adj1 wide, broad:a sus anchas at ease, relaxed;quedarse tan ancho fam carry on as if nothing had happened3 ( orgulloso):ponerse muy ancho be very proud4:venir ancho a be too much for;le viene ancho el cargo the job is too much for herII m width;dos metros de ancho two meters wide* * *1) : wide, broad2) : ample, loose-fittingancho nm: width, breadth* * *ancho1 adj1. (en general) wide3. (hombros, espalda) broadestar muy ancho to have plenty of space / to have plenty of roomquedarse tan ancho not to be at all bothered / not to bat an eyelidlo hizo todo mal y se quedó tan ancho he did it all wrong, but he wasn't at all botheredancho2 n widtha mis anchas comfortable / at home -
14 AF
of* * *prep. w. dat.I. Of place:1) off, from;G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;land af landi, from one land to the other;hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;2) out of;verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.II. Of time; past, beyond:af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.III. In various other relations:1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;2) off, of;höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;3) of, among;hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;4) with;hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;5) of (= ór which is more frequent);húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;8) by, of (after passive);ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;9) on account of, by reason of, by;úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;af ástæld hans, by his popularity;af því, therefore;af hví, wherefor why;af því at, because;10) by means of, by;framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;af sínu fé, by one’s own means;absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;11) with adjectives, in regard to;mildr af fé, liberal of money;góðr af griðum, merciful;fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;12) used absol. with a verb, off away;hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.* * *prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.A. Loc.I. With motion, off, from:1. prop. corresp. to á,α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).II. WITHOUT MOTION:1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.C. In various other relations:I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.2. where an object is taken by force:α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words. -
15 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
16 HAFA
* * *(hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);hafa elda, to keep up a five;2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;5) to have, hold, maintain;hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;hafa heilindi, to have good health;6) to bring, carry;hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;7) to take, carry off;troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;8) to get, gain, win;hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;hafa betr (verr), to get the better (worse) of it;hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;hafa tafl, to win the game;hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;hafa sigr, to be worsted;hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;hafa sik vel, to behave;hafa vel, to be well off or happy;hafa hart, to be in a wretched plight;11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;later with indecl. neut. pp.;hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;14) with preps.:hafa e-t at, to do, act;hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one;hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;hafa sik við, to exert oneself;hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;15) refl., hafast.* * *pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.II. to hold:1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.6. with prepp. or infin.,α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.2. with prepp.:α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, thatα. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq. -
17 Wren, Sir Christopher
SUBJECT AREA: Architecture and building[br]b. 20 October 1632 East Knoyle, Wiltshire, Englandd. 25 February 1723 London, England[br]English architect whose background in scientific research and achievement enhanced his handling of many near-intractable architectural problems.[br]Born into a High Church and Royalist family, the young Wren early showed outstanding intellectual ability and at Oxford in 1654 was described as "that miracle of a youth". Educated at Westminster School, he went up to Oxford, where he graduated at the age of 19 and obtained his master's degree two years later. From this time onwards his interests were in science, primarily astronomy but also physics, engineering and meteorology. While still at college he developed theories about and experimentally solved some fifty varied problems. At the age of 25 Wren was appointed to the Chair of Astronomy at Gresham College in London, but he soon returned to Oxford as Savilian Professor of Astronomy there. At the same time he became one of the founder members of the Society of Experimental Philosophy at Oxford, which was awarded its Royal Charter soon after the Restoration of 1660; Wren, together with such men as Isaac Newton, Robert Hooke, John Evelyn and Robert Boyle, then found himself a member of the Royal Society.Wren's architectural career began with the classical chapel that he built, at the request of his uncle, the Bishop of Ely, for Pembroke College, Cambridge (1663). From this time onwards, until he died at the age of 91, he was fully occupied with a wide and taxing variety of architectural problems which he faced in the execution of all the great building schemes of the day. His scientific background and inventive mind stood him in good stead in solving such difficulties with an often unusual approach and concept. Nowhere was this more apparent than in his rebuilding of fifty-one churches in the City of London after the Great Fire, in the construction of the new St Paul's Cathedral and in the grand layout of the Royal Hospital at Greenwich.The first instance of Wren's approach to constructional problems was in his building of the Sheldonian Theatre in Oxford (1664–9). He based his design upon that of the Roman Theatre of Marcellus (13–11 BC), which he had studied from drawings in Serlio's book of architecture. Wren's reputation as an architect was greatly enhanced by his solution to the roofing problem here. The original theatre in Rome, like all Roman-theatres, was a circular building open to the sky; this would be unsuitable in the climate of Oxford and Wren wished to cover the English counterpart without using supporting columns, which would have obscured the view of the stage. He solved this difficulty mathematically, with the aid of his colleague Dr Wallis, the Professor of Geometry, by means of a timber-trussed roof supporting a painted ceiling which represented the open sky.The City of London's churches were rebuilt over a period of nearly fifty years; the first to be completed and reopened was St Mary-at-Hill in 1676, and the last St Michael Cornhill in 1722, when Wren was 89. They had to be rebuilt upon the original medieval sites and they illustrate, perhaps more clearly than any other examples of Wren's work, the fertility of his imagination and his ability to solve the most intractable problems of site, limitation of space and variation in style and material. None of the churches is like any other. Of the varied sites, few are level or possess right-angled corners or parallel sides of equal length, and nearly all were hedged in by other, often larger, buildings. Nowhere is his versatility and inventiveness shown more clearly than in his designs for the steeples. There was no English precedent for a classical steeple, though he did draw upon the Dutch examples of the 1630s, because the London examples had been medieval, therefore Roman Catholic and Gothic, churches. Many of Wren's steeples are, therefore, Gothic steeples in classical dress, but many were of the greatest originality and delicate beauty: for example, St Mary-le-Bow in Cheapside; the "wedding cake" St Bride in Fleet Street; and the temple diminuendo concept of Christ Church in Newgate Street.In St Paul's Cathedral Wren showed his ingenuity in adapting the incongruous Royal Warrant Design of 1675. Among his gradual and successful amendments were the intriguing upper lighting of his two-storey choir and the supporting of the lantern by a brick cone inserted between the inner and outer dome shells. The layout of the Royal Hospital at Greenwich illustrates Wren's qualities as an overall large-scale planner and designer. His terms of reference insisted upon the incorporation of the earlier existing Queen's House, erected by Inigo Jones, and of John Webb's King Charles II block. The Queen's House, in particular, created a difficult problem as its smaller size rendered it out of scale with the newer structures. Wren's solution was to make it the focal centre of a great vista between the main flanking larger buildings; this was a masterstroke.[br]Principal Honours and DistinctionsKnighted 1673. President, Royal Society 1681–3. Member of Parliament 1685–7 and 1701–2. Surveyor, Greenwich Hospital 1696. Surveyor, Westminster Abbey 1699.Surveyor-General 1669–1712.Further ReadingR.Dutton, 1951, The Age of Wren, Batsford.M.Briggs, 1953, Wren the Incomparable, Allen \& Unwin. M.Whinney, 1971, Wren, Thames \& Hudson.K.Downes, 1971, Christopher Wren, Allen Lane.G.Beard, 1982, The Work of Sir Christopher Wren, Bartholomew.DY -
18 ut
ut or ŭtī (old form ŭtei, C. I. L. 1, 196, 4 sq.; 1, 198, 8 et saep.), adv. and conj. [for quoti or cuti, from pronom. stem ka-, Lat. quo-, whence qui, etc., and locat. ending -ti of stem to-, whence tum, etc.].I.As adv. of manner.A. 1.In independent questions (colloq.; rare in class. prose; not in Cic.): De. Quid? ut videtur mulier? Ch. Non, edepol, mala. De. Ut morata'st? Ch. Nullam vidi melius mea sententia, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 56 sq.:2.salve! ut valuisti? quid parentes mei? Valent?
id. ib. 5, 2, 107; id. Pers. 2, 5, 8:ut vales?
id. Most. 2, 19, 29; 3, 2, 28; Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 26:ut sese in Samnio res habent?
Liv. 10, 18, 11:ut valet? ut meminit nostri?
Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 12; id. S. 2, 8, 1.—In exclamatory sentences (in all periods of the language): ut omnia in me conglomerat mala! Enn. ap. Non. p. 90, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 408 Vahl.):3.ut corripuit se repente atque abiit! Hei misero mihi!
Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 76:ut dissimulat malus!
id. ib. 5, 4, 13:ut volupe est homini si cluet victoria!
id. Poen. 5, 5, 15: ut multa verba feci;ut lenta materies fuit!
id. Mil. 4, 5, 4:ut scelestus nunc iste te ludos facit!
id. Capt. 3, 4, 47:ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent,
id. ib. 1, 2, 61; id. Rud. 1, 2, 75; 2, 3, 33 sq.:ut falsus animi est!
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 42:heia! ut elegans est!
id. Heaut. 5, 5, 19:fortuna ut numquam perpetua est bona!
id. Hec. 3, 3, 46; cf. id. Phorm. 5, 8, 52:Gnaeus autem noster... ut totus jacet,
Cic. Att. 7, 21, 1:quae ut sustinuit! ut contempsit, ac pro nihilo putavit!
id. Mil. 24, 64:qui tum dicit testimonium ex nostris hominibus, ut se ipse sustentat! ut omnia verba moderatur, ut timet ne quid cupide... dicat!
id. Fl. 5, 12:quod cum facis, ut ego tuum amorem et dolorem desidero!
id. Att. 3, 11, 2:quanta studia decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur laetitia cum vicerint! ut pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:ut vidi, ut perii! ut me malus abstulit error!
Verg. E. 8, 41:ut melius quidquid erit pati!
Hor. C. 1, 11, 3:ut tu Semper eris derisor!
id. S. 2, 6, 53:o superbia magnae fortunae! ut a te nihil accipere juvat! ut omne beneficium in injuriam convertis! ut te omnia nimia delectant! ut to omnia dedecent!
Sen. Ben. 2, 13, 1:ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. 11.—In dependent questions.(α).With indic. (ante-class. and poet.): divi hoc audite parumper ut pro Romano populo... animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.): edoce eum uti res se habet, Plaut. [p. 1940] Trin. 3, 3, 21:(β).hoc sis vide ut avariter merum in se ingurgitat,
id. Curc. 1, 2, 33:hoc vide ut dormiunt pessuli,
id. ib. 1, 2, 66:illud vide os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:vide ut otiosus it, si dis placet,
id. ib. 5, 3, 10:illud vide, Ut in ipso articulo oppressit,
id. Ad. 2, 2, 21; 3, 5, 3:viden ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?
Cat. 61, 77:viden ut perniciter exiluere?
id. 62, 8:adspicite, innuptae secum ut meditata requirunt,
id. 62, 12:aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo! (= omnia laetantia),
Verg. E. 4, 52 Forbig. ad loc.:nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,
id. G. 1, 56; id. E. 5, 6; id. A. 6, 779. —With subj. (class.):B.nescis ut res sit, Phoenicium,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 4, 1:oppido Mihi illud videri mirum, ut una illaec capra Uxoris dotem simiae ambadederit,
id. Merc. 2, 1, 16:nam ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit meus pater,
id. Am. prol. 104:narratque ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:tute scis quam intimum Habeam te, et mea consilia ut tibi credam omnia,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 48:videtis ut omnes despiciat, ut hominem prae se neminem putet, ut se solum beatum se solum potentem putet?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:videtisne ut Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet?
id. Sen. 10, 31; id. Rosc. Am. 24, 66:credo te audisse ut me circumsteterint, ut aperte jugula sua pro meo capite P. Clodio ostentarint,
id. Att. 1, 16, 4:videte ut hoc iste correxerit,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 115:docebat ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:veniat in mentem, ut trepidos quondam majores vestros... defenderimus,
Liv. 23, 5, 8:aspice quo submittat humus formosa colores,
Prop. 1, 2, 9:infinitum est enumerare ut Cottae detraxerit auctoritatem, ut pro Ligario se opposuerit,
Quint. 6, 5, 10:vides ut alta stet nive candidum Soracte,
Hor. C. 1, 9, 1:nonne vides, ut... latus et malus Antennaeque gemant,
id. ib. 1, 14, 3 Orell. ad loc.:audis... positas ut glaciet nives Puro numine Juppiter,
id. ib. 3, 10, 7; id. S. 1, 8, 42; 2, 3, 315; Verg. A. 2, 4; Tib. 2, 1, 26; Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 57:mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur,
Plin. Ep. 1, 6, 2.—Relative adverb of manner = eo modo quo, as.1.Without demonstr. as correlatives: ut aiunt, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 101 Mull. (fr inc. l. 10 Vahl.):2.ego emero matri tuae Ancillam... forma mala, ut matrem addecet familias,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 79:apparatus sum ut videtis,
id. ib. 5, 2, 10:verum postremo impetravi ut volui,
id. Mil. 4, 5, 5:ero ut me voles esse,
id. Capt. 2, 1, 32:faciam ut tu voles,
id. Men. 5, 9, 90: ut vales? Tox. Ut queo, id. Pers. 1, 1, 16:ut potero feram,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 27:faciam ut mones,
id. Hec. 4, 4, 97:Ciceronem et ut rogas amo, et ut meretur et ut debeo,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 9:cupiditates quae possunt esse in eo qui, ut ipse accusator objecit, ruri semper habitarit?
id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:ut ex propinquis ejus audio, non tu in isto artificio callidior es, quam hic in suo,
id. ib. 17, 49:homo demens, ut isti putant,
id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:cumulate munus hoc, ut opinio mea fert, effecero,
id. ib. 1, 46, 70:non ut clim solebat, sed ut nunc fit, mimum introduxisti,
id. Fam. 9, 16, 7:Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum, ne proelium committeret nisi, etc., monte occupato nostros exspectabat, proelioque abstinebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22:cuncta ut gesta erant exposuit,
Liv. 3, 50, 4:(Postumius) fugerat in legatione, ut fama ferebat, populi judicium,
id. 10, 46, 16:sed, ut plerumque fit, major pars meliorem vicit,
id. 21, 4, 1:nec temere, et ut libet conlocatur argentum, sed perite servitur,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 2:servus, ut placet Chrysippo, perpetuus mercenarius est,
id. Ben. 3, 22, 1.—Esp. parenthet., to denote that the facts accord with an assumption or supposition made in the principal sentence (= sicut):si virtus digna est gloriatione, ut est,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 51:quorum etiamsi amplecterer virtutem, ut facio, tamen, etc.,
id. Phil. 10, 9, 18:quamvis fuerit acutus, ut fuit,
id. Ac. 2, 22, 69; cf.:incumbite in causam, Quirites, ut facitis,
id. Phil. 4, 5, 12:tu modo istam imbecillitatem valetudinis sustenta, ut facis,
id. Fam. 7, 1, 5:satis enim erat, probatum illum esse populo Romano, ut est,
id. Phil. 1, 15, 37.—With the correlative ita or sic: VTI LEGASSIT SVPER PECVNIA TVTELAVE SVAE REI, ITA IVS ESTO, Leg. XII. Tab. 5, fr. 3: alii, ut esse in suam rem ducunt, ita sint;3.ego ita ero ut me esse oportet,
Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 24 sq.:sic sum ut vides,
id. Am. 2, 1, 57:omnes posthabui mihi res, ita uti par fuit,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 15:ut viro forti ac sapienti dignum fuit, ita calumniam ejus obtrivit,
Cic. Caecin. 7, 18.—In partic. with a superlative belonging to the principal sentence, attracted to the relative clause:haec ut brevissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta sunt (= ita breviter dicta sunt ut dici potuerunt),
Cic. de Or. 2, 41, 174.—So ut qui, with sup.:te enim semper sic colam et tuebor ut quem diligentissime,
Cic. Fam. 12, 62 fin.; without sic or ita:causas ut honorificentissimis verbis consequi potero, complectar,
id. Phil. 14, 11, 29:sed exigenda est ut optime possumus,
Quint. 12, 10, 38.—And with comp.:eruditus autem sic ut nemo Thebanus magis,
Nep. Epam. 2, 1; cf.:ad unguem Factus homo, non ut magis alter, amicus,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 33:cocto Chium sic convenit, ut non Hoc magis ullum aliud,
id. ib. 2, 8, 48.—Doubled ut ut, as indefinite relative, = utcumque, in whatever manner, howsoever (mostly ante-class.; only with indic.):4.gaudeo, ut ut erga me est merita,
Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 52:age jam, utut est, etsi'st dedecori, patiar,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 85:utut est, mihi quidem profecto cum istis dictis mortuo'st,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 76:utut res sese habet, pergam, etc.,
id. Most. 3, 1, 14:non potis est pietati opsisti huic, ututi res sunt ceterae,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 36; id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:sed ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 46; cf. id. ib. 3, 1, 4; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 26; id. Ad. 2, 2, 40; 4, 4, 22:ut ut est res, casus consilium nostri itineris judicabit,
Cic. Att. 15, 25 B. and K. (dub.;v. Orell. ad loc.): sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini tuae,
id. Fam. 16, 18, 1 dub. (al. ut est).—Causal, as, = prout, pro eo ut.a.Introducing a general statement, in correspondence with the particular assertion of the principal clause, ut = as, considering... that, in accordance with:b.atque, ut nunc sunt maledicentes homines, uxori meae mihique objectent, lenociniam facere,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 75:ut aetas mea est, atque ut huic usus facto est,
id. Men. 5, 2, 1:haud scio hercle ut homo'st, an mutet animum,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 9:praesertim, ut nunc sunt mores,
id. ib. 1, 2, 5:atque ille, ut semper fuit apertissimus, non se purgavit, sed, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 25, 51:permulta alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia curiosus,
id. Tusc. 1, 45, 108:magnifice et ornate, ut erat in primis inter suos copiosus, convivium comparat,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 65:Kal. Sextilibus, ut tunc principium anni agebatur, consulatum ineunt,
Liv. 3, 6, 1:tribuni, ut fere semper reguntur a multitudine magis quam regunt, dedere plebi, etc.,
id. 3, 71, 5:transire pontem non potuerunt, ut extrema resoluta erant, etc.,
id. 21, 47, 3.—Ellipt.:mortales multi, ut ad ludos, convenerant (ut fit, si ludi sunt),
Plaut. Men. prol. 30:Epicharmi, acuti nec insulsi hominis, ut Siculi,
as was natural, he being a Sicilian, Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; so,Diogenes, liberius, ut Cynicus... inquit,
id. ib. 5, 33, 92:ceterum haec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otioseque gesta,
Liv. 23, 14, 1.—Reflecting the assertion to particular circumstances, etc., ut = for, as, considering:c.hic Geta ut captus est servorum, non malus,
Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 34:ut est captus hominum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 27, 65; Caes. B. G. 4, 3: Themistocles ut apud nos perantiquus, ut apud Athenienses non ita sane vetus, in regard to us, etc., Cic. Brut. 10, 41:Caelius Antipater, scriptor, ut temporibus illis, luculentus,
for those times, id. ib. 26, 102:nonnihil, ut in tantis malis est profectum,
considering the unfortunate state of affairs, id. Fam. 12, 2, 2:(orationis genus) ut in oratore exile,
for an orator, id. Or. 3, 18, 66:multae (erant in Fabio) ut in homine Romano, litterae,
id. Sen. 4, 12:consultissimus vir, ut in illa quisquam esse aetate poterat,
Liv. 1, 18, 1:florentem jam ut tum res erant,
id. 1, 3, 3:Apollonides orationem salutarem, ut in tali tempore, habuit,
id. 24, 28, 1:Sp. Maelius, ut illis temporibus praedives,
id. 4, 13, 1: insigni, ut illorum temporum habitus erat, triumpho, id. 10, 46, 2:Ardeam Rutuli habebant, gens ut in ea regione atque in ea aetate divitiis praepollens,
id. 1, 57, 1:vir, ut inter Aetolos, facundus,
id. 32, 33, 9:Meneclidas, satis exercitatus in dicendo, ut Thebanus scilicet,
Nep. Epam. 5, 2:ad magnam deinde, ut in ea regione, urbem pervenit,
Curt. 9, 1, 14:multum, ut inter Germanos, rationis ac sollertiae,
Tac. G. 30. —Ut before relatives, with subj., as it is natural for persons who, like one who, since he, since they, etc.; seeing that they, etc. (not in Cic.):d.non demutabo ut quod certo sciam,
seeing that I know it for certain, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 153:prima luce sic ab castris proficiscuntur ut quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicissimo consilium datum,
Caes. B. G. 5, 31, 6:facile persuadent (Lucumoni) ut cupido honorum, et cui Tarquinii materna tantum patria esset,
Liv. 1, 34, 6:inde consul, ut qui jam ad hostes perventum cerneret, explorato, etc., procedebat,
id. 38, 18, 7:Philippus, ut cui de summa rerum adesset certamen, adhortandos milites ratus, etc.,
id. 33, 4, 11:Tarquinius ad jus regni nihil praeter vim habebat, ut qui neque populi jussu, neque auctoribus patribus regnaret,
id. 1, 49, 3; 25, 23, 3:Aequorum exercitus, ut qui permultos annos imbelles egissent, sine ducibus certis, sine imperio,
id. 9, 45, 10:igitur pro se quisque inermes, ut quibus nihil hostile suspectum esset, in agmen Romanum ruebant,
id. 30, 6, 3; 23, 15, 4; 23, 29, 12:omnia nova offendit, ut qui solus didicerit quod inter multos faciendum est,
as is natural in one who, since he, Quint. 1, 2, 19:in omni autem speciali inest generalis, ut quae sit prior,
id. 3, 5, 9:ignara hujusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel multos vel falsos duces habeat,
id. 12, 2, 20; 5, 14, 28; 11, 3, 53.—Rarely with participle:ne Volsci et Aequi... ad urbem ut ex parte captam venirent,
Liv. 3, 16, 2:gens ferox cum procul visis Romanorum signis, ut extemplo proelium initura, explicuisset aciem, etc.,
id. 7, 23, 6.—With perinde or pro eo, with reference to several alternatives or degrees to be determined by circumstances, as, according as, to the extent that, in the measure that, etc.:C.perinde ut opinio est de cujusque moribus, ita quid ab eo factum et non factum sit, existimari potest,
Cic. Clu. 25, 70:in exspectatione civitas erat, perinde ut evenisset res, ita communicatos honores habitura,
Liv. 7, 6, 8: pro eo ut temporis difficultas aratorumque penuria tulit, Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.—Transf. of local relations, like Gr. hina, where (very rare):II.in eopse astas lapide, ut praeco praedicat,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 17:flumen uti adque ipso divortio (aquae sunt),
Lucil. 8, 18 Mull.:in extremos Indos, Litus ut longe resonante Eoa Tunditur unda,
Cat. 11, 2 sqq.; 17, 10; cf. Verg. A. 5, 329; Lucr. 6, 550 Munro ad loc.Conj.A.Introducing comparative clauses of manner, = eodem modo quo, as, like.1.In gen.(α).With sic as correlative:(β).haec res sic est ut narro tibi,
Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40:quae si ut animis sic oculis videre possemus, nemo de divina ratione dubitaret,
Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:Pomponium Atticum sic amo ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5:si sic ageres ut de eis egisti qui jam mortui sunt... ne tu in multos Autronios incurreres,
id. Brut. 72, 251:sic, Scipio, ut avus hic tuus, ut ego, justitiam cole,
id. Rep. 6, 15, 15:ut dicere alia aliis magis concessum est, sic etiam facere,
id. Quint. 11, 3, 150 (for ut... sic, in similes, v. sic, IV. 1. a.).—With ita as correlative:(γ).ut sementem feceris, ita metes,
Cic. Or. 2, 65, 261:quamobrem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetat oratio populi origines,
id. Rep. 2, 1. 3:non ut injustus in pace rex ita dux belli pravus fuit,
Liv. 1, 53, 1:ut haec in unum congeruntur, ita contra illa dispersa sunt,
Quint. 9, 3, 39.—With other correlatives:(δ).in balteo tracta ex caseo ad eundem modum facito ut placentum sine melle,
Cato, R. R. 78:encytum ad eundem modum facito uti globos,
id. ib. 80:cum animi inaniter moveantur eodem modo rebus his quae nulla sint ut iis quae sint,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:disputationem exponimus, eisdem fere verbis, ut disputatumque est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3, 9: scelerum caput, ut tute es item omnis censes esse' [p. 1941] Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 55:ut filium bonum patri esse oportet, item ego sum patri,
id. Am. 3, 4, 9:fecisti item ut praedones solent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 21:item ut illo edicto de quo ante dixi... edixit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 45, § 117;so with item,
id. Or. 60, 202:is reliquit filium Pariter moratum ut pater eius fuit,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 21.—With atque:nec fallaciam astutiorem ullus fecit Poeta atque ut haec est fabrefacta a nobis,
Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 7.—And after aliter = than:si aliter ut dixi accidisset,
Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—Without correlative:2.rem omnem uti acta erat cognovit,
Sall. J. 71, 5:quare perge ut instituisti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 11, 22:apud me, ut apud bonum judicem, argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. ib. 1, 38, 59:miscent enim illas et interponunt vitae, ut ludum jocumque inter seria,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 2:comitetur voluptas, et circa corpus ut umbra versetur,
id. ib. 13, 5:ut in animum ejus oratio, ut sol in oculos, incurrat,
Quint. 8, 2, 23.—In partic.a.Ut... ita or ut... sic; co-ordinate, introducing contrasted clauses.(α).= cum... tum, as... so, as on the one hand... so on the other, both and:(β).ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse, quis non videt?
Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:ut Poeni ad moenia urbis Romanae nullo prohibente se pervenisse in gloria ponebant, ita pigebat irriti incepti,
Liv. 26, 37, 6:Dolabellam ut Tarsenses ita Laodiceni ultra arcessierunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 4:fert sortem suam quisque ut in ceteris rebus ita in amicitiis,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 3.—Concessive, = etsi... tamen, although... yet:b.consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen, respondit, etc.,
Liv. 4, 6, 2:Saguntini, ut a proeliis quietem habuerant per aliquot dies, ita non cessaverant ab opere,
id. 21, 11, 5:ut quies certaminum erat, ita ab apparatu operum nihil cessatum,
id. 21, 8, 1:haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,
id. 3, 55, 15:in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, ita... nihil praetermissurus,
id. 23, 14, 6; 23, 34, 12:uti longe a luxuria, ita famae propior,
Tac. Agr. 6:ut multo infirmior, ita aliquatenus lucidior,
Quint. 10, 1, 74:ut est utilis saepe... ita obstabit melioribus,
id. 12, 2, 12:quod, ut optimum est, ita longe quidem, sed sequitur tamen,
id. 5, 12, 9; cf. id. 10, 1, 62.—With certe in place of ita:ut non demens, crudelis certe videtur,
Quint. 9, 2, 91.—Ita... ut;c.in oaths or strong asseverations: ita me di amabunt ut ego hunc ausculto lubens,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 22:ita me di ament ut ego nunc non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:ita me di amabunt, ut nunc Menedemi vicem Miseret me,
id. ib. 4, 5, 1:ita vivo ut maximos sumptus facio,
Cic. Att. 5, 15, 2.—So with sic:sic me di amabunt ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—In exemplifications.(α).In gen., as for example, for instance:(β).nam aut ipsa cognitio rei perquiritur, ut: virtus suam ne, etc., aut agendi consilium exquiritur, ut: sitne sapienti, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 29, 112:sunt bestiae in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, ut in leonibus, ut in canibus, in equis, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:in libero populo, ut Rhodi, ut Athenis, nemo est civium qui, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 31, 47:qui rem publicam constituissent, ut Cretum Minos, Lacedaemoniorum Lycurgus, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 2; id. Ac. 2, 24, 76; id. Inv. 2, 52, 157:est aliquid quod dominus praestare servo debeat, ut cibaria, ut vestiarium,
Sen. Ben. 3, 21, 2:est etiam amarum quiddam... et aere, ut illud Crassi Ego te consulem putem? etc.,
Quint. 8, 3, 89; 4, 3, 12.—Where several instances are adduced, if each of them singly is made prominent, ut is repeated with each;if they are taken in a group, ut occurs but once, e. g. quod erant, qui aut in re publica, propter sapientiam florerent, ut Themistocles, ut Pericles, ut Theramenes, aut, qui.. sapientiae doctores essent, ut Gorgias, Thrasymachus, Isocrates, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 59.—Ut si, if for instance; for example, if, etc.; with subj.:d.ut si accusetur is qui P. Sulpicium se fateatur occidisse,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25:ut si quis hoc velit ostendere, eum qui parentem necarit, etc.,
Cic. Inv. 2, 15, 48:ut si qui docilem faciat auditorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 18, 26:ut si qui in foro cantet,
id. Off. 1, 40, 145:ut si quis ei quem urgeat fames venenum ponat,
Liv. 6, 40, 12; cf. Auct. Her. 2, 26, 4; 2, 27, 43; 3, 2, 2; Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 92:ut si obsessi de facienda ad hostem deditione deliberent,
Quint. 3, 8, 23:ut si des arma timidis et imbellibus,
id. 12, 5, 2; 5, 10, 34; 2, 4, 18; 9, 2, 79 et saep.—So with cum:ut cum marem feminamque filios dicimus,
Quint. 9, 3, 63; 1, 6, 22; 3, 8, 30; 9, 1, 3.—Before an appositive noun, as, the same as, like:e.qui canem et felem ut deos colunt,
Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 32:ut militiae Africanum ut deum coleret Laelius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:suam vitam ut legem praefert suis civibus,
id. ib. 1, 34, 52:habuit (ei) honorem ut proditori, non ut amico fidem,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 15, § 38:Hannibalem, non ut prudentem tantum virum, sed ut vatem omnium quae tum evenirent admirari,
Liv. 36, 15, 2: (Dionysium) dimisi a me ut magistrum Ciceronum non lubenter;ut hominem ingratum non invitus,
in his capacity of, Cic. Att. 8, 10:qui ante captas Syracusas non desciverant... ut socii fideles accepti, quos metus post captas Syracusas dediderat, ut victi a victore leges acceperunt,
Liv. 25, 40, 4:qui et ipsum, ut ambiguae fidei virum, suspectum jam pridem habebat,
id. 24, 45, 12:Cicero ea quae nunc eveniunt cecinit ut vates,
Nep. Att. 16:et ipsam (virtutem) ut deos, et professores ejus ut antistites colite,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 7:hunc ut deum homines intuebuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 65:id ut crimen ingens expavescendum est,
id. 9, 3, 35.—Ut si = quasi, velut si, tamquam si, as if, just as if:f.mater coepit studiose... educere ita uti si esset filia,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 37:Rufio tuus ita desiderabatur ut si esset unus e nobis,
Cic. Fam. 7, 20, 1:ejus negotium sic velim suscipias ut si esset res mea,
id. ib. 2, 14, 1:ita se gerant in istis Asiaticis itineribus ut si iter Appia via faceres,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6:qui aliis nocent ut in alios liberales sint, in eadem sunt injustitia ut si in suam rem aliena convertant,
id. Off. 1, 14, 42; id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:similes sunt ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando nihil agere dicant,
like men who should say, Cic. Sen. 6, 17: similiter facere eos... ut si nautae certarent, etc., they act like sailors who, etc., id. Off. 1, 25, 87.—Ut quisque... ita (sic), with superlatives (= eo magis... quo magis, with indefinite subjects): ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime alios improbos suspicatur, the better a man is, the more difficult it is for him to, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:(α).ut quaeque res est turpissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,
id. Caecin. 2, 7:ut quisque (morbus) est difficillimus, ita medicus nobilissimus quaeritur,
id. Clu. 21, 57:ut quisque te maxime cognatione... attingebat, ita maxime manus tua putabatur,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 27; id. Off. 1, 16, 50; 1, 19, 64:nam ut quaeque forma perfectissima ita capacissima est,
Quint. 1, 10, 40.—This construction is variously modified,With ita understood:(β).facillime ad res injustas impellitur ut quisque altissimo animo est,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 65. —With virtual superlatives:(γ).ut quisque in fuga postremus ita in periculo princeps erat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 90:ut quisque optime institutus est, esse omnino nolit in vita, si, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 20, 57.—The superlatives omitted in either clause:(δ).ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae principatum tenet,
Cic. Sen. 18, 64:ut quisque aetate et honore antecedebat, ita sententiam dixit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 143:pro se quisque, ut in quoque erat auctoritatis plurimum, ad populum loquebatur,
id. ib. 2, 1, 27, §68: ut quisque gradu proximus erat, ita ignominiae objectus,
Liv. 9, 6, 1:ut quisque maxime laboraret locus, aut ipse occurrebat, aut aliquos mittebat,
id. 34, 38, 6.—And with tum = ita:nec prodesse tantum, sed etiam amari potest, tum... ut quisque erit Ciceroni simillimus,
in proportion to his resemblance, Quint. 2, 5, 20.—With a comparative in one of the terms:(ε).major autem (societas est) ut quisque proxime accederet,
Cic. Lael. 5, 19.—Without superlative, as, according as:B.de captivis, ut quisque liber aut servus esset, suae fortunae a quoque sumptum supplicium est,
Liv. 3, 18, 10 (for ut quisque... ita, in temporal clauses, v. B. 3. g infra).—Introducing a temporal clause, the principal predicate being an immediate sequence; orig. = quo tempore.1.With perf. indic.a.In gen., as soon as:b.principio ut illo advenimus... continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 49:ut hinc te intro ire jussi, opportune hic fit mi obviam,
Ter. And. 3, 4, 11:ut abii abs te fit forte obviam Mihi Phormio,
id. Phorm. 4, 3, 12:ut modo argentum tibi dedimus apud forum, recta domum Sumus profecti,
id. ib. 5, 6, 19; id. Hec. 3, 3, 5; 5, 1, 26; id. Eun. 4, 7, 12:qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:eumque ut salutavit, amicissime apprehendit,
id. Rep. 1, 11, 7:qui ut huc venit... hominesque Romanos bellicis studiis ut vidit incensos, existimavit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 13, 25; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Brut. 8, 30:ut vero aquam ingressi sunt... tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora,
Liv. 21, 54, 9:ut haec dicta in senatu sunt, dilectus edicitur,
id. 3, 10, 9; 23, 34, 6; 24, 44, 10.—In oblique discourse:c.Ariovistum, ut semel Gallorum copias vicerit, superbe et crudeliter imperare,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31.—With primum, when first, as soon as ever:d.atque ego, ut primum fletu represso loqui posse coepi, Quaeso inquam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 6, 15, 15:Siculi, ut primum videre volgari morbos, in suas quisque urbes dilapsi sunt,
Liv. 25, 26, 13: ut primum lingua coepit esse in quaestu, curam morum qui diserti habebantur reliquerunt, Quint. prooem. 13.—Rarely of coincidence in time:e.nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi puto prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46.—Ut = ex quo tempore. since:2.ut Brundusio profectus es, nullae mihi abs te sunt redditae litterae,
Cic. Att. 1, 15, 2.—With imperf. indic.(α).In gen.: Fabii oratio fuit qualis biennio ante;(β).deinde, ut vincebatur consensu, versa ad P. Decium collegam poscendum,
Liv. 10, 22, 2:deinde ut nulla vi perculsos sustinere poterat, Quid ultra moror, inquit, etc.,
id. 10, 28, 20:Marcellus, ut tanta vis ingruebat mali, traduxerat in urbem suos,
id. 25, 26, 15:ut vero... exurebatur amoenissimus Italiae ager, villaeque passim incendiis fumabant... tum prope de integro seditione accensi,
id. 22, 14, 1.— And with perf. and imperf. in co-ordinate clauses:consules, ut ventum ad Cannas est, et in conspectu Poenum habebant,
Liv. 22, 44, 1:ut in extrema juga ventum, et hostes sub oculis erant,
id. 22, 14, 3:ut Poenus apparuit in collibus, et pauci... adferebant, etc.,
id. 24, 1, 6.—Of repeated past actions, whenever:3.ut quaeque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre,
Caes. B. G. 3, 4.—With plupf.(α).= postquam (rare):(β).ut hinc forte ea ad obstetricem erat missa,
Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 10:ut ad mare nostrae cohortes excubuerant, accessere subito prima luce Pompejani,
Caes. B. C. 3, 63.—In epistolary style = the Engl. perf.:(γ).litteras scripsi... statim ut tuas legeram (= litteras nunc scribo, ut tuas legi),
Cic. Att. 2, 12, 4:ut Athenas a. d. VII. Kal. Quinct. veneram, exspectabam ibi jam quartum diem Pomptinium (= ut veni, exspecto),
id. ib. 5, 10, 1.—Of repeated past actions, whenever:4.ut cujusque sors exciderat... alacer arma capiebat,
Liv. 21, 42, 3 dub.:ut quisque istius animum offenderat, in lautumias statim coniciebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:ut quidque ego apprehenderam, statim accusator extorquebat e manibus,
id. Clu. 19, 52:ut cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 81; cf.:ut quisque arma ceperat... inordinati in proelium ruunt,
Liv. 23, 27, 5.—With ita as correl.:ut enim quisque contra voluntatem ejus dixerat, ita in eum judicium de professione jugerum postulabatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 15, § 39.—With fut. perf., or, in oblique discourse, plupf. subj.:C.neque, ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,
Cic. Or. 2, 34, 146:traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum... victoriam de Veientibus dari,
Liv. 5, 15, 11 (for ut after simul, v. simul, VI.).—Introducing substantive clauses, that; always with subj. (cf. ut as interrog. adverb in dependent clauses, I. A. 3. supra).1.In object clauses.a.In clauses which, if independent, would take the imperative mood, often rendered by the Engl. infinitive.(α).After verbs denoting [p. 1942] to wish, request, pray, demand, or invite:(β).malim istuc aliis ita videatur quam uti tu, soror, te collaudes,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 18:equidem mallem ut ires,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 8:equidem vellem ut pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 31, 2:volo uti mihi respondeas num quis, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 17:precor (deos) ut his infinitis nostris malis contenti sint,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 9:postulo ut ne quid praejudicati afferatis,
id. Clu. 2, 5:petebant uti equites praemitterent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11:tibi instat Hortensius ut eas in consilium,
Cic. Quint. 10, 34:hoc ut aliquando fieret, instabat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 2:illum Dolabellae dixisse (= eum rogasse) ut ad me scriberet (= me rogaret), ut in Italiam quam primum venirem,
Cic. Att. 11, 7, 2:cupio ut quod nunc natura et impetus est, fiat judicium,
Sen. Clem. 2, 2, 2:senectutem ut adipiscantur omnes optant,
Cic. Lael. 2, 4:exigo a me, non ut optimis par sim, sed ut malis melior,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 3.—With ut ne = ne:Trebatio mandavi, ut, si quid te eum velles ad me mittere, ne recusaret,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2; Tac. H. 4, 58 fin. —Also without verb, like utinam, to express a wish;esp. in imprecations (ante-class.): ut te cum tua Monstratione magnus perdat Juppiter,
Ter. Ad. 4, 6, 2:ut illum di deaeque perdant,
id. Eun. 2, 3, 10; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 6.—After verbs expressing or implying advice, suggestion, or exhortation:(γ).ego vos hortari tantum possum ut, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 5, 17:quod suades ut ad Quinctium scribam, etc.,
id. Att. 11, 16, 4:tibi auctor sum ut eum tibi ordinem reconcilies,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 26:censeo ut iter reliquum conficere pergas,
I propose, id. Or. 2, 71, 200; Caes. B. C. 1, 2; Liv. 30, 40, 4:dixeram a principio ut sileremus,
I had advised, Cic. Brut. 42, 157:Pompejum monebat ut meam domum metueret,
id. Sest. 64, 133:equidem suasi ut Romam pergeret,
id. Att. 16, 8, 2:M. Messalae et ipsi Attico dixit ut sine cura essent,
exhorted, id. ib. 16, 16, A, 5.—After verbs expressing resolution or agreement to do something:(δ).rus ut irem jam heri constitiveram,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 136:decrevistis ut de praemiis militum primo quoque tempore referretur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:constitueram ut pridie Idus Aquini manerem,
id. Att. 16, 10, 1:statuunt ut decem millia hominum in oppidum submittantur,
Caes. B. G. 7, 21:Hasdrubal paciscitur cum Celtiberorum principibus ut copias inde abducant,
Liv. 25, 33, 3:illos induxisse in animum, ut superbo quondam regi, tum infesto exuli proderent (patriam),
id. 2, 5, 7; 27, 9, 9; 42, 25, 11:ut ne plebi cum patribus essent conubia sanxerunt,
Cic. Rep. 2, 27, 63:servitia urbem ut incenderent conjurarunt,
Liv. 4, 45, 1.—After verbs of command or prohibition:(ε).imperat Laelio ut per collis circumducat equites,
Liv. 28, 33, 11:illud praecipiendum fuit ut... diligentiam adhiberemus,
Cic. Lael. 16, 60:M. Aemilio senatus negotium dat ut Patavinorum seditionem comprimeret,
Liv. 41, 27, 3:consul edicere est ausus ut senatus ad vestitum rediret,
Cic. Pis. 8, 18:jubet sententiam ut dicant suam,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 50:hic tibi in mentem non venit jubere ut haec quoque referret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 28.—With ne:iis praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legatos dimitteret, quam ipse esset remissus,
Nep. Them. 7, 3.—Verbs expressing permission:b.atque ille legem mihi de XII. tabulis recitavit quae permittit ut furem noctu liceat occidere,
Cic. Tull. 20, 47:concedo tibi ut ea praetereas quae, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:dabis mihi hanc veniam ut eorum... auctoritatem Graecis anteponam,
id. de Or. 1, 6, 23:ille tibi potestatem facturus est ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:illud natura non patitur ut aliorum spoliis nostras facultates augeamus,
id. Off. 3, 5, 22.—In dependent clauses implying an aim or end.(α).After verbs denoting direction and inclination of the mind, care, purpose, intention, or striving:(β).ut plurimis prosimus enitimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:facilior erit ut albam esse nivem probet quam erat Anaxagoras,
he will be more inclined, disposed, id. ib. 2, 36, 117: ne ille longe aberit ut argumento credat philosophorum, far remote from believing = not inclined, id. ib. 2, 47, 144: qui sibi hoc sumpsit ut conrigat mores aliorum, quis huic ignoscat si, who undertakes to correct, id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:navem idoneam ut habeas diligenter videbis,
care, id. Fam. 16, 1, 2:ille intellexit id agi atque id parari ut filiae suae vis afferretur,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:pater potuit animum inducere ut naturam ipsam vinceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 53:cum senatus temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam,
id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:equidem ut honore dignus essem, maxime semper laboravi,
id. Planc. 20, 50:omni contentione pugnatum est ut lis haec capitis existimaretur,
id. Clu. 41, 116:omnis spes ad id versa ut totis viribus terra adgrederentur,
Liv. 24, 34, 12:omnis cura solet in hoc versari, semper ut boni aliquid efficiam dicendo,
Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 306:se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,
Liv. 4, 2, 8; 2, 34, 11.—Verbs of effecting:(γ).nec potui tamen Propitiam Venerem facere uti esset mihi,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 6:prior pars orationis tuae faciebat ut mori cuperem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 47, 112:caritas annonae faciebat ut istuc... tempore magnum videretur,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215:sol efficit ut omnia floreant,
id. N. D. 2, 15, 41:potest praestare ut ea causa melior esse videatur,
id. Or. 1, 10, 44:non committam ut tibi ipse insanire videar,
id. Fam. 5, 5, 3:di prohibeant, judices, ut hoc praesidium sectorum existimetur,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:effecisti ut viverem et morerer ingratus,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 1:quibus nihil aliud actum est quam ut pudor hominibus peccandi demeretur,
id. Vit. Beat. 26, 6.—Verbs of obtaining:(δ).Dumnorix a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:quid assequitur, nisi hoc ut arent qui... in agris remanserunt,
what does he gain, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 55, § 128:facile tenuit ut (Chalcidis) portae sibi aperirentur,
Liv. 35, 51, 6:vicerunt tribuni ut legem perferrent,
id. 4, 25, 13.—Verbs of inducing and compelling:(ε).nec ut omnia quae praescripta sunt defendamus necessitate ulla cogimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 3, 8:civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis exirent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 2:exspectatione promissi tui moveor ut admoneam te,
Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1:Parhedrum excita ut hortum ipse conducat,
id. ib. 16, 18, 2:ille adduci non potest ut... ne lucem quoque hanc eripere cupiat, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 150:impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia ut levem auditionem pro re comperta habeant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 42:ut de clementia scriberem, Nero Caesar, una me vox tua maxime compulit,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 1.—After verbs implying duty, right, rule, condition, or possibility:c.cum mihi ne ut dubitem quidem relinquatur,
not even the possibility of doubt, Cic. Ac. 2, 38, 119:obsides inter se dent, Sequani ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant, Helvetii ut sine maleficio transeant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:se ita a majoribus didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13:mea lenitas hoc exspectavit ut id quod latebat erumperet,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:(natura) nobis insculpsit in mentibus, ut eos (deos) aeternos et beatos haberemus,
id. N. D. 1, 17, 45:hoc mihi Metellus non eripuit, hoc etiam addidit ut quererer hoc sociis imperari,
he gave the additional right, id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:ut vero conloqui cum Orpheo, Musaeo, Homero liceat, quanti tandem aestimatis?
the privilege of conversing, id. Tusc. 1, 41, 98:respondet Socrates sese meruisse ut amplissimis honoribus decoraretur,
id. Or. 1, 54, 272:meruit ut suspendatur,
Sen. Ep. 7, 5:quia enim non sum dignus prae te ut figam palum in parietem,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 4.—So after dignus, Liv. 24, 16, 19; Quint. 8, 5, 12.—After verbs of fearing, where ut implies a wish contrary to the fear; that not:d.rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se dicebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39:vereor ut satis diligenter actum sit in senatu de litteris meis,
Cic. Att. 6, 4, 2:verebar ut redderentur,
id. Fam. 12, 19, 1:sin homo amens diripiendam urbem daturus est, vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis nobis prodesse possit,
id. ib. 14, 14, 1:veretur Hiempsal ut foedus satis firmum sit,
id. Leg. 2, 22, 58:timeo ut sustineas,
id. Fam. 14, 2, 3:o puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus Frigore te feriat,
Hor. S. 2, 1, 60.— So sometimes after video, with weakened force: vide ut sit, nearly = perhaps it is not (cf. Roby, Gr. 2, p. 280): considerabitis, vestri similes feminae sintne Romae;si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste vos esse possitis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 1.—Very rarely ut stands for ne after verbs of fearing:quia nihil minus, quam ut egredi obsessi moenibus auderent, timeri poterat,
Liv. 28, 22, 12 Weissenb. ad loc.:ut ferula caedas meritum... non vereor,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 120 Jan. and Orell. ad loc. —In interrogative clauses represented as untrue, rejecting a supposition or thought with indignation (nearly = fierine potest ut):2.me ut quisquam norit, nisi ille qui praebet cibum?
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 52:te ut ulla res frangat, tu ut umquam te corrigas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:egone ut te interpellem?
id. Tusc. 2, 18, 42:pater ut in judicio capitis obesse filio debeat?
id. Planc. 13, 31:egone ut prolis meae fundam cruorem?
Sen. Med. 927.—In subject clauses, with impersonal predicates.a.With a predicate adjective.(α).With the idea of rule, duty, etc.:(β).id arbitror Adprime in vita utile esse, ut ne quid nimis,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 34:reliquum est ut de Catuli sententia dicendum videatur,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 59:praeclarum est et verum ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse debeant, aeque ac nosmet ipsos amemus,
id. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:ergo hoc sit primum ut demonstremus quem imitetur,
id. de Or. 2, 22, 90:proximum est ut doceam, etc.,
id. N. D. 2, 29, 73:extremum est ut te orem, etc.,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 7:ei (Dionysio) ne integrum quidem erat ut ad justitiam remigraret,
permission, id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —With predicates, aequum est, par (anteclass. and rare):aequom videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est Meum esse dicam?
Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 4:non par videtur... praesente ibus una paedagogus ut siet,
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 31.—In clauses expressing result and consequence:(γ).magnificum illud etiam et gloriosum ut Graecis de philosophia litteris non egeant, illud,
that result of my labors, Cic. Div. 2, 2, 5:consentaneum est huic naturae ut sapiens velit gerere et administrare rem publicam,
id. Fin. 3, 20, 68. —In clauses represented as real, true, false, certain, or probable (where the acc. and inf. might be used):b.concedetur verum esse ut bonos boni diligant,
Cic. Lael. 14, 50: sin autem illa veriora ut idem interitus animorum et corporum, etc., id. ib 4, 14; cf.:concedant ut hi viri boni fuerin (= concedant vere factum esse ut, etc.),
id. ib. 5, 18:si verum est ut populus Romanus omnis gentes virtute superarit, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 1, 1:de ipso Roscio potest illud quidem esse falsum ut circumligatus fuerit, angui,
Cic. Div. 2, 31, 66:non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum litteras adamarit aut humanitatem,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 121:deos verisimile est ut alios indulgentius tractent propter parentis, alios propter futuram posterorum indolem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 32, 1; so,rarum est ut,
Quint. 3, 19, 3:quid tam inusitatum quam ut, etc.,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62.—And after potius:multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam ut cruciarentur... se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt,
Liv. 4, 12, 11.—With predicate nouns.(α).Expressing the idea of a verb which would require an object clause, with ut:(β).quoniam ut aliter facias non est copia,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 30:Romano in hostico morandi causa erat ut hostem ad certamen eliceret,
Liv. 6, 31, 7:vetus est lex amicitiae ut idem amici semper velint,
Cic. Planc. 2, 5:consensus fuit senatus ut mature proficisceremur (= decretum est a senatu),
id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:fuit hoc sive meum, sive rei publicae fatum ut in me unum omnis illa inclinatio temporum incumberet,
ordained by fate, id. Balb. 26, 58:tempus est ut eamus ad forum,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 72:dicasque tempus maximum esse ut eat,
id. ib. 4, 3, 9:primum est officium ut homo se conservet in naturae statu,
Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20:ejus culturae hoc munus est ut efficiat, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 14, 38:caput illud est ut Lyconem recipias in necessitudinem tuam,
duty, id. Fam. 13, 19, 3; so,caput est ut, etc.,
id. de Or. 1, 19, 87:fuit hoc quoddam inter Scipionem et Laelium jus ut Scipio Laelium observaret parentis loco,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:mea ratio in dicendo haec esse solet ut boni quod habeat id amplectar,
id. de Or. 2, 72, 292; so,ratio est ut,
id. Verr. 1, 11, 34: est mos hominum ut [p. 1943] nolint eundem pluribus excellere, id. Brut. 21, 84:est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—Expressing result and consequence:c.est hoc commune vitium in magnis liberisque civitatibus ut invidia gloriae comes sit,
Nep. Chabr. 3, 3.—With impersonal verbs.(α).Including the idea of a verb requiring an object clause, with ut:(β).convenit, victi utri sint eo proelio, urbem, agrum... seque uti dederent,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 71:mihi cum Dejotaro convenit ut ille in meis castris esset,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14:placitum est ut in aprico loco considerent,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:postea mihi placuit ut, etc.,
id. Or. 1, 34, 155:ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caecus esset,
id. Sen. 6, 16.—So after fit, it happens:fit ut natura ipsa ad ornatius dicendi genus incitemur,
Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:potest fieri ut res verbosior haec fuerit, illa verior,
it may be that, id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—So with accidit, evenit, contigit: accidit... ut illo itinere veniret Lampsacum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63; so id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:sed tamen hoc evenit ut in vulgus insipientium opinio valeat,
id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63:utinam Caesari contigisset ut esset optimo cuique carissimus,
id. Phil. 5, 18, 49.—Denoting consequence:(γ).ex quo efficitur ut quidquid honestum sit, idem sit utile,
Cic. Off. 2, 3, 10:sequitur ut dicamus quae beneficia danda sint et quemadmodum,
Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 1:sequitur ut causa ponatur,
Cic. Or. 2, 81, 331.—Est, in the meaning fit, or causa est:3.est ut plerique philosophi nulla tradant praecepta dicendi,
it is a fact that, Cic. Or. 2, 36, 152:non est igitur ut mirandum sit ea praesentiri,
there is no reason for wondering, id. Div. 1, 56, 128:quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret?
id. Cael. 20, 48; so, in eo est ut, prope est ut, to be on the point of, to be near to:jam in eo rem fore ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,
Liv. 8, 27, 3:cum jam in eo esset ut comprehenderetur,
Nep. Paus. 5, 1; id. Milt. 7, 3:jam prope erat ut ne consulum quidem majestas coerceret iras hominum,
Liv. 2, 23, 14:prope est ut lamentationem exigat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 4.— Here belongs the circumlocution of the periphrastic future by futurum esse or fore, with ut; generally in the inf.:arbitrabar fore ut lex de pecuniis repetundis tolleretur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 14, 41.—Very rarely in the indic.:futurum est ut sapiam,
Sen. Ep. 117, 29.—In attributive clauses, dependent on nouns not belonging to the predicate.a.With the idea of resolve, etc.:b.vicit sententia ut mitterentur coloni,
Liv. 9, 26, 4:sententiam dixit (= censuit) ut judicum comitia haberentur,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 2; id. Fam. 4, 4, 5; id. Tusc. 5, 41, 119; id. Leg. 3, 15, 33.—Of agreement:c.fide accepta ut remitterent eum,
Liv. 24, 48, 8. —Of law, rule, etc.:d.praetores rogationem promulgarunt ut omnes regiae stirpis interficerentur,
Liv. 24, 25, 10:senatus consultum factum est ut M. Fulvius litteras extemplo ad consulem mitteret,
id. 35, 24, 2:haec ei est proposita condicio ut aut juste accusaret aut acerbe moreretur,
Cic. Clu. 14, 42:Suevi in eam se consuetudinem induxerunt ut locis frigidissimis lavarentur in fluminibus,
Caes. B. G. 4, 1.—Of duty:e.jusjurandum poscit ut quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio administrarent,
Caes. B. G. 8, 6. —Of purpose, inclination, etc.:f.vobis dent di mentem oportet ut prohibeatis, etc.,
make you inclined, Liv. 6, 18, 9:causa mihi fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem,
Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8:confectio tabularum hanc habet vim (= efficit) ut quidquid fingatur aut non constet, appareat,
id. Font. 2, 3.—Of effect, result, etc.:4.fuit ista quondam virtus ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam hostem everterent,
Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 3:habet hoc virtus ut viros fortis species ejus et pulchritudo etiam in hoste posita delectet,
id. Pis. 32, 81:damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4.—In clauses of manner, that, so that.a.With ita, sic, adeo, tantus, talis, or tam as antecedent (v. hh. vv.;b.anteclass. ut qui = ut): Adeon' me fungum fuisse ut qui illi crederem?
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.—With is or hic as antecedent: eos deduxi testes et eas litteras deportavi ut de istius facto dubium esse nemini possit, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 42, § 91:c.ejusmodi res publica debet esse ut inimicus neque deesse nocenti possit, neque obesse innocenti (ejusmodi = talis),
id. ib. 2, 3, 69, §162: eo perducam servum ut in multa liber sit,
Sen. Ben. 3, 19, 2:non eo loco res humanae sunt ut vobis tantum otii supersit,
id. Vit. Beat. 27, 6:haec aequitas in tuo imperio fuit, haec praetoris dignitas ut servos Siculorum dominos esse velles,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 38, § 87:hoc jure sunt socii ut eis ne deplorare quidem de suis incommodis liceat,
id. ib. 2, 2, 27, § 65.—Without antecedents, so that:d.cujus aures clausae veritati sunt ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus desperanda est,
Cic. Lael. 24, 90:in virtute multi sunt ascensus, ut is maxima gloria excellat qui virtute plurimum praestet,
id. Planc. 25, 60:mons altissimus impendebat ut perpauci prohibere possent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6:accessit quod Domitius Heraclea iter fecerat, ut ipsa fortuna illum obicere Pompejo videretur,
id. B. C. 3, 79:pecunia a patre exacta crudeliter, ut divenditis omnibus bonis aliquamdiu trans Tiberim veluti relegatus viveret,
Liv. 3, 13, 10:fama Gallici belli pro tumultu valuit ut et dictatorem dici placeret,
id. 8, 17, 6:nihilo minus... magnas percipiendum voluptates, ut fatendum sit, etc.,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 1.—Idiomat. with non.(α).Ut non, when the principal sentence is negative, without: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunam amittere ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem, without dragging, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:(β).flaminem Quirinalem neque mittere a sacris neque retinere possumus ut non deum aut belli deseramus curam,
Liv. 24, 8, 10:non ita fracti animi civitatis erant ut non sentirent, etc.,
id. 45, 25, 12:nusquam oculi ejus flectentur ut non quod indignentur inveniant,
Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 2:ajunt, nec honeste quemquam vivere ut non jucunde vivat, nec jucunde ut non honeste quoque,
id. Vit. Beat. 6, 3:nemo in eo quod daturus es gratiam suam facere potest ut non tuam minuat,
id. Ben. 2, 4, 3; cf. also: ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius;neque enim est conferenda (= ut omittam conferre),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 45.—Non ut, followed by sed quod, causal (= non quod, sed quod;e.rare): earum exempla tibi misi non ut deliberarem reddendaene essent, sed quod non dubito, etc.,
not that... but because, Cic. Att. 14, 17, 4:haec ad te scribo non ut queas tu demere solitudinem, sed, etc.,
id. ib. 11, 15, 3.—Followed by sed ut:benigne accipe (beneficium): rettulisti gratiam, non ut solvisse te putes, sed ut securior debeas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 35, 5; and in reversed order: quorsum haec praeterita? Quia sequitur illud, etc.;non ut eas res causam adferrent amoris,
Cic. Fat. 15, 35.—Rarely nedum ut, in the sense of nedum alone, much less that, not to mention that (mostly post-class.; cf.Zumpt, Gram. § 573): ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut illa vis fieret, paulatim permulcendo mansuefecerant plebem,
Liv. 3, 14, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:quando enim... fama in totam urbem penetrat? nedum ut per tot provincias innotescat,
Tac. Or. 10.—Conditional or concessive.(α).Granting that ( for argument's sake):(β).quod ut ita sit—nihil enim pugno—quid habet ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum?
Cic. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:sed ut haec concedantur, reliqua qui tandem intellegi possunt?
id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:ut tibi concedam hoc indignum esse, tu mihi concedas necesse est, etc.,
id. Clu. 53, 146:quae, ut essent vera, conjungi debuerunt,
id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:quae natura ut uno consensu juncta sit et continens... quid habere mundus potest cum thesauri inventione conjunctum?
id. Div. 2, 14, 33:nihil est prudentia dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, adfert certe senectus,
id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94.—Even if, although:(γ).qui (exercitus) si pacis... nomen audiverit, ut non referat pedem, insistet certe,
Cic. Phil. 12, 3, 8:ut ea pars defensionis relinquatur, quid impediet actionem? etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 34, 108:ut quaeras omnia, quomodo Graeci ineptum appellant non reperies,
id. de Or. 2, 4, 18:ut enim neminem alium nisi T. Patinam rogasset, scire potuit, illo ipso die a Milone prodi flaminem,
id. Mil. 17, 46: verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono, id. Att. 2, 15; id. Leg. 1, 8, 23; id. Fat. 5, 9; id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151; 2, 1, 45, § 117; id. Planc. 25, 62:qui, ut non omnis peritissimus sim belli, cum Romanis certe bellare didici,
Liv. 36, 7, 20:neque equites armis equisque salvis tantum vim fluminis superasse verisimile est, ut jam Hispanos omnes inflati travexerint utres,
id. 21, 47, 5:at enim, ut jam ita sint haec, quid ad vos, Romani?
id. 34, 32, 13:ut jam Macedonia deficiat,
id. 42, 12, 10:cum jam ut virtus vestra transire alio possit, fortuna certe loci hujus transferri non possit,
id. 5, 54, 6; 22, 50, 2; cf.:ac jam ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9:ut desint vires tamen est laudanda voluntas,
Ov. P. 3, 4, 79:ut dura videatur appellatio, tamen sola est,
Quint. 3, 8, 25; 6, prooem. 15.—Ut maxime = si maxime:quaere rationem cur ita videatur: quam ut maxime inveneris... non tu verum testem habere, sed eum non sine causa falsum testimonium dicere ostenderis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 81.—With nihilominus:quae (res) nihilominus, ut ego absim, confici poterunt,
Cic. Fam. 10, 2, 2.—Provided that:5.ambulatiuncula, ut tantum faciamus quantum in Tusculano fecimus, prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,
Cic. Att. 13, 39, 2: dabo egenti, sed ut ipse non egeam;succurram perituro, sed ut ipse non peream,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 1.—In clauses of purpose (final clauses; distinguished from object clauses with ut; v. C. 1., in which the verb itself contains the idea of purpose, the clause completing the idea of the verb), in order that, so that, so as to.a.In gen.:b.quin voco, ut me audiat, nomine illam suo?
Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 17:haec acta res est uti nobiles restituerentur in civitatem,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 51, 149:intellego, tempus hoc vobis divinitus datum esse ut odio... totum ordinem liberetis,
id. Verr. 1, 15, 43:Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos praefecit uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet,
Caes. B. G. 1, 52.—And with ut ne, instead of ne, lest:id ut ne fiat, haec res sola est remedio,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 49; v. 1. ne, I. B. 4. a.—Very rarely, ut non for ne, expressing a negative purpose:ut plura non dicam neque aliorum exemplis confirmem quantum valeat (= ut praeteream),
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. d. a fin. supra.—Esp., after certain antecedents.(α).After id, for the purpose (ante-class.):(β).id huc reverti uti me purgarem tibi,
Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 28.—After idcirco:(γ).idcirco amicitiae comparantur ut commune commodum mutuis officiis gubernetur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:legum idcirco omnes servi sumus ut liberi esse possimus,
id. Clu. 53, 146; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—After ideo and eo:(δ).non ideo Rhenum insedimus ut Italiam tueremur, sed ne quis, etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 73:Marionem ad te eo misi ut aut tecum ad me quam primum veniret, aut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 1.—After ad eam rem, ad hoc, in hoc:(ε).ad eam rem vos delecti estis ut eos condemnaretis quos sectores jugulare non potuissent?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:praebere se facilem ad hoc ut quem obligavit etiam exsolvi velit?
Sen. Ben. 2, 17, 6:homo natus in hoc ut mores liberae civitatis Persica servitute mutaret,
id. ib. 2, 12, 2.—After ea mente, hac mente:(ζ).navis onerarias Dolabella ea mente comparavit ut Italiam peteret,
Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:hac mente laborem Sese ferre senes ut in otia tuta recedant Ajunt,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 30.—After potius quam:c.potius ad delendam memoriam dedecoris, quam ut timorem faciat,
Liv. 6, 28, 8:potius quodcumque casus ferat passuros, quam ut sprevisse Tarentinos videantur,
id. 9, 14, 8.—Idiomat.(α).With the principal predicate, referring to the conception of the writer, understood; mostly parenthet. = the Engl. inf.: ut in pauca conferam, testamento facto mulier moritur, to be brief, etc., Cic. Caecin. 6, 17:(β).ecquid tibi videtur, ut ad fabulas veniamus, senex ille Caecilianus minoris facere filium rusticum?
to come to the drama, id. Rosc. Am. 16, 46:reliquum judicium de judicibus, et, vere ut dicam, de te futurum est,
to tell the truth, id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177:Murena, si nemini, ut levissime dicam, odio fuit,
to say the least, id. Mur. 40, 87: ut nihil de illo tempore, nihil de calamitate rei publicae [p. 1944] querar, hoc tibi respondeo, etc., not to complain of that time, etc., id. Caecin. 33, 95: quae cum se disposuit, et partibus suis consensit, et, ut ita dicam concinuit, summum bonum tetigit, and, so to speak, chimes in, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5:ecce— ut idem in singulos annos orbis volveretur —Hernici nuntiant Volscos et Aequos reficere, etc.,
Liv. 3, 10, 8.—Satis ut, enough to (lit. enough for the purpose of):(γ).satis esse magna incommoda accepta ut reliquos casus timerent,
disasters large enough to make them afraid, Caes. B. C. 3, 10.—Quam ut after comparatives, too much to:quod praeceptum, quia major erat quam ut ab homine videretur, idcirco adsignatum est deo,
too great to come from man, Cic. Fin. 5, 16, 44:quis non intellegit, Canachi signa rigidiora esse quam ut imitentur veritatem?
id. Brut. 18, 70:clarior res erat quam ut tegi ac dissimulari posset,
too clear to be covered up, Liv. 26, 51, 11:potentius jam id malum apparuit quam ut minores per magistratus sedaretur,
id. 25, 1, 11:est tamen aliquis minor quam ut in sinu ejus condenda sit civitas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 16, 2. -
19 utei
ut or ŭtī (old form ŭtei, C. I. L. 1, 196, 4 sq.; 1, 198, 8 et saep.), adv. and conj. [for quoti or cuti, from pronom. stem ka-, Lat. quo-, whence qui, etc., and locat. ending -ti of stem to-, whence tum, etc.].I.As adv. of manner.A. 1.In independent questions (colloq.; rare in class. prose; not in Cic.): De. Quid? ut videtur mulier? Ch. Non, edepol, mala. De. Ut morata'st? Ch. Nullam vidi melius mea sententia, Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 56 sq.:2.salve! ut valuisti? quid parentes mei? Valent?
id. ib. 5, 2, 107; id. Pers. 2, 5, 8:ut vales?
id. Most. 2, 19, 29; 3, 2, 28; Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 26:ut sese in Samnio res habent?
Liv. 10, 18, 11:ut valet? ut meminit nostri?
Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 12; id. S. 2, 8, 1.—In exclamatory sentences (in all periods of the language): ut omnia in me conglomerat mala! Enn. ap. Non. p. 90, 14 (Trag. Rel. v. 408 Vahl.):3.ut corripuit se repente atque abiit! Hei misero mihi!
Plaut. Merc. 3, 4, 76:ut dissimulat malus!
id. ib. 5, 4, 13:ut volupe est homini si cluet victoria!
id. Poen. 5, 5, 15: ut multa verba feci;ut lenta materies fuit!
id. Mil. 4, 5, 4:ut scelestus nunc iste te ludos facit!
id. Capt. 3, 4, 47:ut saepe summa ingenia in occulto latent,
id. ib. 1, 2, 61; id. Rud. 1, 2, 75; 2, 3, 33 sq.:ut falsus animi est!
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 42:heia! ut elegans est!
id. Heaut. 5, 5, 19:fortuna ut numquam perpetua est bona!
id. Hec. 3, 3, 46; cf. id. Phorm. 5, 8, 52:Gnaeus autem noster... ut totus jacet,
Cic. Att. 7, 21, 1:quae ut sustinuit! ut contempsit, ac pro nihilo putavit!
id. Mil. 24, 64:qui tum dicit testimonium ex nostris hominibus, ut se ipse sustentat! ut omnia verba moderatur, ut timet ne quid cupide... dicat!
id. Fl. 5, 12:quod cum facis, ut ego tuum amorem et dolorem desidero!
id. Att. 3, 11, 2:quanta studia decertantium sunt! ut illi efferuntur laetitia cum vicerint! ut pudet victos! ut se accusari nolunt! etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:ut vidi, ut perii! ut me malus abstulit error!
Verg. E. 8, 41:ut melius quidquid erit pati!
Hor. C. 1, 11, 3:ut tu Semper eris derisor!
id. S. 2, 6, 53:o superbia magnae fortunae! ut a te nihil accipere juvat! ut omne beneficium in injuriam convertis! ut te omnia nimia delectant! ut to omnia dedecent!
Sen. Ben. 2, 13, 1:ut me in supremis consolatus est!
Quint. 6, prooem. 11.—In dependent questions.(α).With indic. (ante-class. and poet.): divi hoc audite parumper ut pro Romano populo... animam de corpore mitto, Enn. ap. Non. p. 150, 6 (Ann. v. 215 Vahl.): edoce eum uti res se habet, Plaut. [p. 1940] Trin. 3, 3, 21:(β).hoc sis vide ut avariter merum in se ingurgitat,
id. Curc. 1, 2, 33:hoc vide ut dormiunt pessuli,
id. ib. 1, 2, 66:illud vide os ut sibi distorsit carnufex,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 3:vide ut otiosus it, si dis placet,
id. ib. 5, 3, 10:illud vide, Ut in ipso articulo oppressit,
id. Ad. 2, 2, 21; 3, 5, 3:viden ut faces Splendidas quatiunt comas?
Cat. 61, 77:viden ut perniciter exiluere?
id. 62, 8:adspicite, innuptae secum ut meditata requirunt,
id. 62, 12:aspice, venturo laetantur ut omnia saeclo! (= omnia laetantia),
Verg. E. 4, 52 Forbig. ad loc.:nonne vides, croceos ut Tmolus odores, India mittit ebur,
id. G. 1, 56; id. E. 5, 6; id. A. 6, 779. —With subj. (class.):B.nescis ut res sit, Phoenicium,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 4, 1:oppido Mihi illud videri mirum, ut una illaec capra Uxoris dotem simiae ambadederit,
id. Merc. 2, 1, 16:nam ego vos novisse credo jam ut sit meus pater,
id. Am. prol. 104:narratque ut virgo ab se integra etiam tum siet,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 70:tute scis quam intimum Habeam te, et mea consilia ut tibi credam omnia,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 48:videtis ut omnes despiciat, ut hominem prae se neminem putet, ut se solum beatum se solum potentem putet?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 46, 135:videtisne ut Nestor de virtutibus suis praedicet?
id. Sen. 10, 31; id. Rosc. Am. 24, 66:credo te audisse ut me circumsteterint, ut aperte jugula sua pro meo capite P. Clodio ostentarint,
id. Att. 1, 16, 4:videte ut hoc iste correxerit,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 45, § 115:docebat ut omni tempore totius Galliae principatum Aedui tenuissent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43:veniat in mentem, ut trepidos quondam majores vestros... defenderimus,
Liv. 23, 5, 8:aspice quo submittat humus formosa colores,
Prop. 1, 2, 9:infinitum est enumerare ut Cottae detraxerit auctoritatem, ut pro Ligario se opposuerit,
Quint. 6, 5, 10:vides ut alta stet nive candidum Soracte,
Hor. C. 1, 9, 1:nonne vides, ut... latus et malus Antennaeque gemant,
id. ib. 1, 14, 3 Orell. ad loc.:audis... positas ut glaciet nives Puro numine Juppiter,
id. ib. 3, 10, 7; id. S. 1, 8, 42; 2, 3, 315; Verg. A. 2, 4; Tib. 2, 1, 26; Prop. 2, 34 (3, 32), 57:mirum est ut animus agitatione motuque corporis excitetur,
Plin. Ep. 1, 6, 2.—Relative adverb of manner = eo modo quo, as.1.Without demonstr. as correlatives: ut aiunt, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 101 Mull. (fr inc. l. 10 Vahl.):2.ego emero matri tuae Ancillam... forma mala, ut matrem addecet familias,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 79:apparatus sum ut videtis,
id. ib. 5, 2, 10:verum postremo impetravi ut volui,
id. Mil. 4, 5, 5:ero ut me voles esse,
id. Capt. 2, 1, 32:faciam ut tu voles,
id. Men. 5, 9, 90: ut vales? Tox. Ut queo, id. Pers. 1, 1, 16:ut potero feram,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 27:faciam ut mones,
id. Hec. 4, 4, 97:Ciceronem et ut rogas amo, et ut meretur et ut debeo,
Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 9:cupiditates quae possunt esse in eo qui, ut ipse accusator objecit, ruri semper habitarit?
id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39:ut ex propinquis ejus audio, non tu in isto artificio callidior es, quam hic in suo,
id. ib. 17, 49:homo demens, ut isti putant,
id. Rep. 1, 1, 1:cumulate munus hoc, ut opinio mea fert, effecero,
id. ib. 1, 46, 70:non ut clim solebat, sed ut nunc fit, mimum introduxisti,
id. Fam. 9, 16, 7:Labienus, ut erat ei praeceptum, ne proelium committeret nisi, etc., monte occupato nostros exspectabat, proelioque abstinebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22:cuncta ut gesta erant exposuit,
Liv. 3, 50, 4:(Postumius) fugerat in legatione, ut fama ferebat, populi judicium,
id. 10, 46, 16:sed, ut plerumque fit, major pars meliorem vicit,
id. 21, 4, 1:nec temere, et ut libet conlocatur argentum, sed perite servitur,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 2:servus, ut placet Chrysippo, perpetuus mercenarius est,
id. Ben. 3, 22, 1.—Esp. parenthet., to denote that the facts accord with an assumption or supposition made in the principal sentence (= sicut):si virtus digna est gloriatione, ut est,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 51:quorum etiamsi amplecterer virtutem, ut facio, tamen, etc.,
id. Phil. 10, 9, 18:quamvis fuerit acutus, ut fuit,
id. Ac. 2, 22, 69; cf.:incumbite in causam, Quirites, ut facitis,
id. Phil. 4, 5, 12:tu modo istam imbecillitatem valetudinis sustenta, ut facis,
id. Fam. 7, 1, 5:satis enim erat, probatum illum esse populo Romano, ut est,
id. Phil. 1, 15, 37.—With the correlative ita or sic: VTI LEGASSIT SVPER PECVNIA TVTELAVE SVAE REI, ITA IVS ESTO, Leg. XII. Tab. 5, fr. 3: alii, ut esse in suam rem ducunt, ita sint;3.ego ita ero ut me esse oportet,
Plaut. Men. 5, 6, 24 sq.:sic sum ut vides,
id. Am. 2, 1, 57:omnes posthabui mihi res, ita uti par fuit,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 15:ut viro forti ac sapienti dignum fuit, ita calumniam ejus obtrivit,
Cic. Caecin. 7, 18.—In partic. with a superlative belonging to the principal sentence, attracted to the relative clause:haec ut brevissime dici potuerunt, ita a me dicta sunt (= ita breviter dicta sunt ut dici potuerunt),
Cic. de Or. 2, 41, 174.—So ut qui, with sup.:te enim semper sic colam et tuebor ut quem diligentissime,
Cic. Fam. 12, 62 fin.; without sic or ita:causas ut honorificentissimis verbis consequi potero, complectar,
id. Phil. 14, 11, 29:sed exigenda est ut optime possumus,
Quint. 12, 10, 38.—And with comp.:eruditus autem sic ut nemo Thebanus magis,
Nep. Epam. 2, 1; cf.:ad unguem Factus homo, non ut magis alter, amicus,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 33:cocto Chium sic convenit, ut non Hoc magis ullum aliud,
id. ib. 2, 8, 48.—Doubled ut ut, as indefinite relative, = utcumque, in whatever manner, howsoever (mostly ante-class.; only with indic.):4.gaudeo, ut ut erga me est merita,
Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 52:age jam, utut est, etsi'st dedecori, patiar,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 85:utut est, mihi quidem profecto cum istis dictis mortuo'st,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 76:utut res sese habet, pergam, etc.,
id. Most. 3, 1, 14:non potis est pietati opsisti huic, ututi res sunt ceterae,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 36; id. Cist. 1, 1, 110:sed ut ut haec sunt, tamen hoc faciam,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 46; cf. id. ib. 3, 1, 4; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 26; id. Ad. 2, 2, 40; 4, 4, 22:ut ut est res, casus consilium nostri itineris judicabit,
Cic. Att. 15, 25 B. and K. (dub.;v. Orell. ad loc.): sed ut ut est, indulge valetudini tuae,
id. Fam. 16, 18, 1 dub. (al. ut est).—Causal, as, = prout, pro eo ut.a.Introducing a general statement, in correspondence with the particular assertion of the principal clause, ut = as, considering... that, in accordance with:b.atque, ut nunc sunt maledicentes homines, uxori meae mihique objectent, lenociniam facere,
Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 75:ut aetas mea est, atque ut huic usus facto est,
id. Men. 5, 2, 1:haud scio hercle ut homo'st, an mutet animum,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 9:praesertim, ut nunc sunt mores,
id. ib. 1, 2, 5:atque ille, ut semper fuit apertissimus, non se purgavit, sed, etc.,
Cic. Mur. 25, 51:permulta alia colligit Chrysippus, ut est in omni historia curiosus,
id. Tusc. 1, 45, 108:magnifice et ornate, ut erat in primis inter suos copiosus, convivium comparat,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 65:Kal. Sextilibus, ut tunc principium anni agebatur, consulatum ineunt,
Liv. 3, 6, 1:tribuni, ut fere semper reguntur a multitudine magis quam regunt, dedere plebi, etc.,
id. 3, 71, 5:transire pontem non potuerunt, ut extrema resoluta erant, etc.,
id. 21, 47, 3.—Ellipt.:mortales multi, ut ad ludos, convenerant (ut fit, si ludi sunt),
Plaut. Men. prol. 30:Epicharmi, acuti nec insulsi hominis, ut Siculi,
as was natural, he being a Sicilian, Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 15; so,Diogenes, liberius, ut Cynicus... inquit,
id. ib. 5, 33, 92:ceterum haec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otioseque gesta,
Liv. 23, 14, 1.—Reflecting the assertion to particular circumstances, etc., ut = for, as, considering:c.hic Geta ut captus est servorum, non malus,
Ter. Ad. 3, 4, 34:ut est captus hominum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 27, 65; Caes. B. G. 4, 3: Themistocles ut apud nos perantiquus, ut apud Athenienses non ita sane vetus, in regard to us, etc., Cic. Brut. 10, 41:Caelius Antipater, scriptor, ut temporibus illis, luculentus,
for those times, id. ib. 26, 102:nonnihil, ut in tantis malis est profectum,
considering the unfortunate state of affairs, id. Fam. 12, 2, 2:(orationis genus) ut in oratore exile,
for an orator, id. Or. 3, 18, 66:multae (erant in Fabio) ut in homine Romano, litterae,
id. Sen. 4, 12:consultissimus vir, ut in illa quisquam esse aetate poterat,
Liv. 1, 18, 1:florentem jam ut tum res erant,
id. 1, 3, 3:Apollonides orationem salutarem, ut in tali tempore, habuit,
id. 24, 28, 1:Sp. Maelius, ut illis temporibus praedives,
id. 4, 13, 1: insigni, ut illorum temporum habitus erat, triumpho, id. 10, 46, 2:Ardeam Rutuli habebant, gens ut in ea regione atque in ea aetate divitiis praepollens,
id. 1, 57, 1:vir, ut inter Aetolos, facundus,
id. 32, 33, 9:Meneclidas, satis exercitatus in dicendo, ut Thebanus scilicet,
Nep. Epam. 5, 2:ad magnam deinde, ut in ea regione, urbem pervenit,
Curt. 9, 1, 14:multum, ut inter Germanos, rationis ac sollertiae,
Tac. G. 30. —Ut before relatives, with subj., as it is natural for persons who, like one who, since he, since they, etc.; seeing that they, etc. (not in Cic.):d.non demutabo ut quod certo sciam,
seeing that I know it for certain, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 153:prima luce sic ab castris proficiscuntur ut quibus esset persuasum non ab hoste, sed ab homine amicissimo consilium datum,
Caes. B. G. 5, 31, 6:facile persuadent (Lucumoni) ut cupido honorum, et cui Tarquinii materna tantum patria esset,
Liv. 1, 34, 6:inde consul, ut qui jam ad hostes perventum cerneret, explorato, etc., procedebat,
id. 38, 18, 7:Philippus, ut cui de summa rerum adesset certamen, adhortandos milites ratus, etc.,
id. 33, 4, 11:Tarquinius ad jus regni nihil praeter vim habebat, ut qui neque populi jussu, neque auctoribus patribus regnaret,
id. 1, 49, 3; 25, 23, 3:Aequorum exercitus, ut qui permultos annos imbelles egissent, sine ducibus certis, sine imperio,
id. 9, 45, 10:igitur pro se quisque inermes, ut quibus nihil hostile suspectum esset, in agmen Romanum ruebant,
id. 30, 6, 3; 23, 15, 4; 23, 29, 12:omnia nova offendit, ut qui solus didicerit quod inter multos faciendum est,
as is natural in one who, since he, Quint. 1, 2, 19:in omni autem speciali inest generalis, ut quae sit prior,
id. 3, 5, 9:ignara hujusce doctrinae loquacitas erret necesse est, ut quae vel multos vel falsos duces habeat,
id. 12, 2, 20; 5, 14, 28; 11, 3, 53.—Rarely with participle:ne Volsci et Aequi... ad urbem ut ex parte captam venirent,
Liv. 3, 16, 2:gens ferox cum procul visis Romanorum signis, ut extemplo proelium initura, explicuisset aciem, etc.,
id. 7, 23, 6.—With perinde or pro eo, with reference to several alternatives or degrees to be determined by circumstances, as, according as, to the extent that, in the measure that, etc.:C.perinde ut opinio est de cujusque moribus, ita quid ab eo factum et non factum sit, existimari potest,
Cic. Clu. 25, 70:in exspectatione civitas erat, perinde ut evenisset res, ita communicatos honores habitura,
Liv. 7, 6, 8: pro eo ut temporis difficultas aratorumque penuria tulit, Metell. ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 126.—Transf. of local relations, like Gr. hina, where (very rare):II.in eopse astas lapide, ut praeco praedicat,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 17:flumen uti adque ipso divortio (aquae sunt),
Lucil. 8, 18 Mull.:in extremos Indos, Litus ut longe resonante Eoa Tunditur unda,
Cat. 11, 2 sqq.; 17, 10; cf. Verg. A. 5, 329; Lucr. 6, 550 Munro ad loc.Conj.A.Introducing comparative clauses of manner, = eodem modo quo, as, like.1.In gen.(α).With sic as correlative:(β).haec res sic est ut narro tibi,
Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 40:quae si ut animis sic oculis videre possemus, nemo de divina ratione dubitaret,
Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 99:Pomponium Atticum sic amo ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5:si sic ageres ut de eis egisti qui jam mortui sunt... ne tu in multos Autronios incurreres,
id. Brut. 72, 251:sic, Scipio, ut avus hic tuus, ut ego, justitiam cole,
id. Rep. 6, 15, 15:ut dicere alia aliis magis concessum est, sic etiam facere,
id. Quint. 11, 3, 150 (for ut... sic, in similes, v. sic, IV. 1. a.).—With ita as correlative:(γ).ut sementem feceris, ita metes,
Cic. Or. 2, 65, 261:quamobrem, ut ille solebat, ita nunc mea repetat oratio populi origines,
id. Rep. 2, 1. 3:non ut injustus in pace rex ita dux belli pravus fuit,
Liv. 1, 53, 1:ut haec in unum congeruntur, ita contra illa dispersa sunt,
Quint. 9, 3, 39.—With other correlatives:(δ).in balteo tracta ex caseo ad eundem modum facito ut placentum sine melle,
Cato, R. R. 78:encytum ad eundem modum facito uti globos,
id. ib. 80:cum animi inaniter moveantur eodem modo rebus his quae nulla sint ut iis quae sint,
Cic. Ac. 2, 15, 47:disputationem exponimus, eisdem fere verbis, ut disputatumque est,
id. Tusc. 2, 3, 9: scelerum caput, ut tute es item omnis censes esse' [p. 1941] Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 55:ut filium bonum patri esse oportet, item ego sum patri,
id. Am. 3, 4, 9:fecisti item ut praedones solent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 21:item ut illo edicto de quo ante dixi... edixit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 45, § 117;so with item,
id. Or. 60, 202:is reliquit filium Pariter moratum ut pater eius fuit,
Plaut. Aul. prol. 21.—With atque:nec fallaciam astutiorem ullus fecit Poeta atque ut haec est fabrefacta a nobis,
Plaut. Cas. 5, 1, 7.—And after aliter = than:si aliter ut dixi accidisset,
Cic. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—Without correlative:2.rem omnem uti acta erat cognovit,
Sall. J. 71, 5:quare perge ut instituisti,
Cic. Rep. 2, 11, 22:apud me, ut apud bonum judicem, argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. ib. 1, 38, 59:miscent enim illas et interponunt vitae, ut ludum jocumque inter seria,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 2:comitetur voluptas, et circa corpus ut umbra versetur,
id. ib. 13, 5:ut in animum ejus oratio, ut sol in oculos, incurrat,
Quint. 8, 2, 23.—In partic.a.Ut... ita or ut... sic; co-ordinate, introducing contrasted clauses.(α).= cum... tum, as... so, as on the one hand... so on the other, both and:(β).ut errare potuisti, sic decipi te non potuisse, quis non videt?
Cic. Fam. 10, 20, 2:ut Poeni ad moenia urbis Romanae nullo prohibente se pervenisse in gloria ponebant, ita pigebat irriti incepti,
Liv. 26, 37, 6:Dolabellam ut Tarsenses ita Laodiceni ultra arcessierunt,
Cic. Fam. 12, 13, 4:fert sortem suam quisque ut in ceteris rebus ita in amicitiis,
Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 3.—Concessive, = etsi... tamen, although... yet:b.consul, ut fortasse vere, sic parum utiliter in praesens certamen, respondit, etc.,
Liv. 4, 6, 2:Saguntini, ut a proeliis quietem habuerant per aliquot dies, ita non cessaverant ab opere,
id. 21, 11, 5:ut quies certaminum erat, ita ab apparatu operum nihil cessatum,
id. 21, 8, 1:haec omnia ut invitis, ita non adversantibus patriciis transacta,
id. 3, 55, 15:in agrum Nolanum exercitum traducit, ut non hostiliter statim, ita... nihil praetermissurus,
id. 23, 14, 6; 23, 34, 12:uti longe a luxuria, ita famae propior,
Tac. Agr. 6:ut multo infirmior, ita aliquatenus lucidior,
Quint. 10, 1, 74:ut est utilis saepe... ita obstabit melioribus,
id. 12, 2, 12:quod, ut optimum est, ita longe quidem, sed sequitur tamen,
id. 5, 12, 9; cf. id. 10, 1, 62.—With certe in place of ita:ut non demens, crudelis certe videtur,
Quint. 9, 2, 91.—Ita... ut;c.in oaths or strong asseverations: ita me di amabunt ut ego hunc ausculto lubens,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 22:ita me di ament ut ego nunc non tam meapte causa Laetor quam illius,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 8:ita me di amabunt, ut nunc Menedemi vicem Miseret me,
id. ib. 4, 5, 1:ita vivo ut maximos sumptus facio,
Cic. Att. 5, 15, 2.—So with sic:sic me di amabunt ut me tuarum miseritum'st fortunarum,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 54.—In exemplifications.(α).In gen., as for example, for instance:(β).nam aut ipsa cognitio rei perquiritur, ut: virtus suam ne, etc., aut agendi consilium exquiritur, ut: sitne sapienti, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 29, 112:sunt bestiae in quibus inest aliquid simile virtutis, ut in leonibus, ut in canibus, in equis, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 14, 38:in libero populo, ut Rhodi, ut Athenis, nemo est civium qui, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 31, 47:qui rem publicam constituissent, ut Cretum Minos, Lacedaemoniorum Lycurgus, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 1, 2; id. Ac. 2, 24, 76; id. Inv. 2, 52, 157:est aliquid quod dominus praestare servo debeat, ut cibaria, ut vestiarium,
Sen. Ben. 3, 21, 2:est etiam amarum quiddam... et aere, ut illud Crassi Ego te consulem putem? etc.,
Quint. 8, 3, 89; 4, 3, 12.—Where several instances are adduced, if each of them singly is made prominent, ut is repeated with each;if they are taken in a group, ut occurs but once, e. g. quod erant, qui aut in re publica, propter sapientiam florerent, ut Themistocles, ut Pericles, ut Theramenes, aut, qui.. sapientiae doctores essent, ut Gorgias, Thrasymachus, Isocrates, etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 59.—Ut si, if for instance; for example, if, etc.; with subj.:d.ut si accusetur is qui P. Sulpicium se fateatur occidisse,
Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25:ut si quis hoc velit ostendere, eum qui parentem necarit, etc.,
Cic. Inv. 2, 15, 48:ut si qui docilem faciat auditorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 18, 26:ut si qui in foro cantet,
id. Off. 1, 40, 145:ut si quis ei quem urgeat fames venenum ponat,
Liv. 6, 40, 12; cf. Auct. Her. 2, 26, 4; 2, 27, 43; 3, 2, 2; Cic. Inv. 1, 49, 92:ut si obsessi de facienda ad hostem deditione deliberent,
Quint. 3, 8, 23:ut si des arma timidis et imbellibus,
id. 12, 5, 2; 5, 10, 34; 2, 4, 18; 9, 2, 79 et saep.—So with cum:ut cum marem feminamque filios dicimus,
Quint. 9, 3, 63; 1, 6, 22; 3, 8, 30; 9, 1, 3.—Before an appositive noun, as, the same as, like:e.qui canem et felem ut deos colunt,
Cic. Leg. 1, 11, 32:ut militiae Africanum ut deum coleret Laelius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:suam vitam ut legem praefert suis civibus,
id. ib. 1, 34, 52:habuit (ei) honorem ut proditori, non ut amico fidem,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 15, § 38:Hannibalem, non ut prudentem tantum virum, sed ut vatem omnium quae tum evenirent admirari,
Liv. 36, 15, 2: (Dionysium) dimisi a me ut magistrum Ciceronum non lubenter;ut hominem ingratum non invitus,
in his capacity of, Cic. Att. 8, 10:qui ante captas Syracusas non desciverant... ut socii fideles accepti, quos metus post captas Syracusas dediderat, ut victi a victore leges acceperunt,
Liv. 25, 40, 4:qui et ipsum, ut ambiguae fidei virum, suspectum jam pridem habebat,
id. 24, 45, 12:Cicero ea quae nunc eveniunt cecinit ut vates,
Nep. Att. 16:et ipsam (virtutem) ut deos, et professores ejus ut antistites colite,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 26, 7:hunc ut deum homines intuebuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 65:id ut crimen ingens expavescendum est,
id. 9, 3, 35.—Ut si = quasi, velut si, tamquam si, as if, just as if:f.mater coepit studiose... educere ita uti si esset filia,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 37:Rufio tuus ita desiderabatur ut si esset unus e nobis,
Cic. Fam. 7, 20, 1:ejus negotium sic velim suscipias ut si esset res mea,
id. ib. 2, 14, 1:ita se gerant in istis Asiaticis itineribus ut si iter Appia via faceres,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 6:qui aliis nocent ut in alios liberales sint, in eadem sunt injustitia ut si in suam rem aliena convertant,
id. Off. 1, 14, 42; id. Opt. Gen. 4, 10:similes sunt ut si qui gubernatorem in navigando nihil agere dicant,
like men who should say, Cic. Sen. 6, 17: similiter facere eos... ut si nautae certarent, etc., they act like sailors who, etc., id. Off. 1, 25, 87.—Ut quisque... ita (sic), with superlatives (= eo magis... quo magis, with indefinite subjects): ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime alios improbos suspicatur, the better a man is, the more difficult it is for him to, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:(α).ut quaeque res est turpissima, sic maxime et maturissime vindicanda est,
id. Caecin. 2, 7:ut quisque (morbus) est difficillimus, ita medicus nobilissimus quaeritur,
id. Clu. 21, 57:ut quisque te maxime cognatione... attingebat, ita maxime manus tua putabatur,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 27; id. Off. 1, 16, 50; 1, 19, 64:nam ut quaeque forma perfectissima ita capacissima est,
Quint. 1, 10, 40.—This construction is variously modified,With ita understood:(β).facillime ad res injustas impellitur ut quisque altissimo animo est,
Cic. Off. 1, 19, 65. —With virtual superlatives:(γ).ut quisque in fuga postremus ita in periculo princeps erat,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 90:ut quisque optime institutus est, esse omnino nolit in vita, si, etc.,
id. Fin. 5, 20, 57.—The superlatives omitted in either clause:(δ).ut quisque aetate antecedit, ita sententiae principatum tenet,
Cic. Sen. 18, 64:ut quisque aetate et honore antecedebat, ita sententiam dixit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, § 143:pro se quisque, ut in quoque erat auctoritatis plurimum, ad populum loquebatur,
id. ib. 2, 1, 27, §68: ut quisque gradu proximus erat, ita ignominiae objectus,
Liv. 9, 6, 1:ut quisque maxime laboraret locus, aut ipse occurrebat, aut aliquos mittebat,
id. 34, 38, 6.—And with tum = ita:nec prodesse tantum, sed etiam amari potest, tum... ut quisque erit Ciceroni simillimus,
in proportion to his resemblance, Quint. 2, 5, 20.—With a comparative in one of the terms:(ε).major autem (societas est) ut quisque proxime accederet,
Cic. Lael. 5, 19.—Without superlative, as, according as:B.de captivis, ut quisque liber aut servus esset, suae fortunae a quoque sumptum supplicium est,
Liv. 3, 18, 10 (for ut quisque... ita, in temporal clauses, v. B. 3. g infra).—Introducing a temporal clause, the principal predicate being an immediate sequence; orig. = quo tempore.1.With perf. indic.a.In gen., as soon as:b.principio ut illo advenimus... continuo Amphitruo delegit viros, etc.,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 49:ut hinc te intro ire jussi, opportune hic fit mi obviam,
Ter. And. 3, 4, 11:ut abii abs te fit forte obviam Mihi Phormio,
id. Phorm. 4, 3, 12:ut modo argentum tibi dedimus apud forum, recta domum Sumus profecti,
id. ib. 5, 6, 19; id. Hec. 3, 3, 5; 5, 1, 26; id. Eun. 4, 7, 12:qui ut peroravit, surrexit Clodius,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:eumque ut salutavit, amicissime apprehendit,
id. Rep. 1, 11, 7:qui ut huc venit... hominesque Romanos bellicis studiis ut vidit incensos, existimavit, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 13, 25; cf. id. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Brut. 8, 30:ut vero aquam ingressi sunt... tum utique egressis rigere omnibus corpora,
Liv. 21, 54, 9:ut haec dicta in senatu sunt, dilectus edicitur,
id. 3, 10, 9; 23, 34, 6; 24, 44, 10.—In oblique discourse:c.Ariovistum, ut semel Gallorum copias vicerit, superbe et crudeliter imperare,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31.—With primum, when first, as soon as ever:d.atque ego, ut primum fletu represso loqui posse coepi, Quaeso inquam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 6, 15, 15:Siculi, ut primum videre volgari morbos, in suas quisque urbes dilapsi sunt,
Liv. 25, 26, 13: ut primum lingua coepit esse in quaestu, curam morum qui diserti habebantur reliquerunt, Quint. prooem. 13.—Rarely of coincidence in time:e.nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi puto prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46.—Ut = ex quo tempore. since:2.ut Brundusio profectus es, nullae mihi abs te sunt redditae litterae,
Cic. Att. 1, 15, 2.—With imperf. indic.(α).In gen.: Fabii oratio fuit qualis biennio ante;(β).deinde, ut vincebatur consensu, versa ad P. Decium collegam poscendum,
Liv. 10, 22, 2:deinde ut nulla vi perculsos sustinere poterat, Quid ultra moror, inquit, etc.,
id. 10, 28, 20:Marcellus, ut tanta vis ingruebat mali, traduxerat in urbem suos,
id. 25, 26, 15:ut vero... exurebatur amoenissimus Italiae ager, villaeque passim incendiis fumabant... tum prope de integro seditione accensi,
id. 22, 14, 1.— And with perf. and imperf. in co-ordinate clauses:consules, ut ventum ad Cannas est, et in conspectu Poenum habebant,
Liv. 22, 44, 1:ut in extrema juga ventum, et hostes sub oculis erant,
id. 22, 14, 3:ut Poenus apparuit in collibus, et pauci... adferebant, etc.,
id. 24, 1, 6.—Of repeated past actions, whenever:3.ut quaeque pars castrorum nudata defensoribus premi videbatur, eo occurrere et auxilium ferre,
Caes. B. G. 3, 4.—With plupf.(α).= postquam (rare):(β).ut hinc forte ea ad obstetricem erat missa,
Ter. Ad. 4, 4, 10:ut ad mare nostrae cohortes excubuerant, accessere subito prima luce Pompejani,
Caes. B. C. 3, 63.—In epistolary style = the Engl. perf.:(γ).litteras scripsi... statim ut tuas legeram (= litteras nunc scribo, ut tuas legi),
Cic. Att. 2, 12, 4:ut Athenas a. d. VII. Kal. Quinct. veneram, exspectabam ibi jam quartum diem Pomptinium (= ut veni, exspecto),
id. ib. 5, 10, 1.—Of repeated past actions, whenever:4.ut cujusque sors exciderat... alacer arma capiebat,
Liv. 21, 42, 3 dub.:ut quisque istius animum offenderat, in lautumias statim coniciebatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:ut quidque ego apprehenderam, statim accusator extorquebat e manibus,
id. Clu. 19, 52:ut cuique erat locus attributus, ad munitiones accedunt,
Caes. B. G. 7, 81; cf.:ut quisque arma ceperat... inordinati in proelium ruunt,
Liv. 23, 27, 5.—With ita as correl.:ut enim quisque contra voluntatem ejus dixerat, ita in eum judicium de professione jugerum postulabatur,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 15, § 39.—With fut. perf., or, in oblique discourse, plupf. subj.:C.neque, ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,
Cic. Or. 2, 34, 146:traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum... victoriam de Veientibus dari,
Liv. 5, 15, 11 (for ut after simul, v. simul, VI.).—Introducing substantive clauses, that; always with subj. (cf. ut as interrog. adverb in dependent clauses, I. A. 3. supra).1.In object clauses.a.In clauses which, if independent, would take the imperative mood, often rendered by the Engl. infinitive.(α).After verbs denoting [p. 1942] to wish, request, pray, demand, or invite:(β).malim istuc aliis ita videatur quam uti tu, soror, te collaudes,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 18:equidem mallem ut ires,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 8:equidem vellem ut pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 31, 2:volo uti mihi respondeas num quis, etc.,
id. Vatin. 7, 17:precor (deos) ut his infinitis nostris malis contenti sint,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 9:postulo ut ne quid praejudicati afferatis,
id. Clu. 2, 5:petebant uti equites praemitterent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11:tibi instat Hortensius ut eas in consilium,
Cic. Quint. 10, 34:hoc ut aliquando fieret, instabat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 2:illum Dolabellae dixisse (= eum rogasse) ut ad me scriberet (= me rogaret), ut in Italiam quam primum venirem,
Cic. Att. 11, 7, 2:cupio ut quod nunc natura et impetus est, fiat judicium,
Sen. Clem. 2, 2, 2:senectutem ut adipiscantur omnes optant,
Cic. Lael. 2, 4:exigo a me, non ut optimis par sim, sed ut malis melior,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 17, 3.—With ut ne = ne:Trebatio mandavi, ut, si quid te eum velles ad me mittere, ne recusaret,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2; Tac. H. 4, 58 fin. —Also without verb, like utinam, to express a wish;esp. in imprecations (ante-class.): ut te cum tua Monstratione magnus perdat Juppiter,
Ter. Ad. 4, 6, 2:ut illum di deaeque perdant,
id. Eun. 2, 3, 10; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 6.—After verbs expressing or implying advice, suggestion, or exhortation:(γ).ego vos hortari tantum possum ut, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 5, 17:quod suades ut ad Quinctium scribam, etc.,
id. Att. 11, 16, 4:tibi auctor sum ut eum tibi ordinem reconcilies,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 26:censeo ut iter reliquum conficere pergas,
I propose, id. Or. 2, 71, 200; Caes. B. C. 1, 2; Liv. 30, 40, 4:dixeram a principio ut sileremus,
I had advised, Cic. Brut. 42, 157:Pompejum monebat ut meam domum metueret,
id. Sest. 64, 133:equidem suasi ut Romam pergeret,
id. Att. 16, 8, 2:M. Messalae et ipsi Attico dixit ut sine cura essent,
exhorted, id. ib. 16, 16, A, 5.—After verbs expressing resolution or agreement to do something:(δ).rus ut irem jam heri constitiveram,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 136:decrevistis ut de praemiis militum primo quoque tempore referretur,
Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:constitueram ut pridie Idus Aquini manerem,
id. Att. 16, 10, 1:statuunt ut decem millia hominum in oppidum submittantur,
Caes. B. G. 7, 21:Hasdrubal paciscitur cum Celtiberorum principibus ut copias inde abducant,
Liv. 25, 33, 3:illos induxisse in animum, ut superbo quondam regi, tum infesto exuli proderent (patriam),
id. 2, 5, 7; 27, 9, 9; 42, 25, 11:ut ne plebi cum patribus essent conubia sanxerunt,
Cic. Rep. 2, 27, 63:servitia urbem ut incenderent conjurarunt,
Liv. 4, 45, 1.—After verbs of command or prohibition:(ε).imperat Laelio ut per collis circumducat equites,
Liv. 28, 33, 11:illud praecipiendum fuit ut... diligentiam adhiberemus,
Cic. Lael. 16, 60:M. Aemilio senatus negotium dat ut Patavinorum seditionem comprimeret,
Liv. 41, 27, 3:consul edicere est ausus ut senatus ad vestitum rediret,
Cic. Pis. 8, 18:jubet sententiam ut dicant suam,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 50:hic tibi in mentem non venit jubere ut haec quoque referret,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 28.—With ne:iis praedixit, ut ne prius Lacedaemoniorum legatos dimitteret, quam ipse esset remissus,
Nep. Them. 7, 3.—Verbs expressing permission:b.atque ille legem mihi de XII. tabulis recitavit quae permittit ut furem noctu liceat occidere,
Cic. Tull. 20, 47:concedo tibi ut ea praetereas quae, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:dabis mihi hanc veniam ut eorum... auctoritatem Graecis anteponam,
id. de Or. 1, 6, 23:ille tibi potestatem facturus est ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:illud natura non patitur ut aliorum spoliis nostras facultates augeamus,
id. Off. 3, 5, 22.—In dependent clauses implying an aim or end.(α).After verbs denoting direction and inclination of the mind, care, purpose, intention, or striving:(β).ut plurimis prosimus enitimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 2, 6:facilior erit ut albam esse nivem probet quam erat Anaxagoras,
he will be more inclined, disposed, id. ib. 2, 36, 117: ne ille longe aberit ut argumento credat philosophorum, far remote from believing = not inclined, id. ib. 2, 47, 144: qui sibi hoc sumpsit ut conrigat mores aliorum, quis huic ignoscat si, who undertakes to correct, id. Verr. 2, 3, 1, § 2:navem idoneam ut habeas diligenter videbis,
care, id. Fam. 16, 1, 2:ille intellexit id agi atque id parari ut filiae suae vis afferretur,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 67:pater potuit animum inducere ut naturam ipsam vinceret,
id. Rosc. Am. 19, 53:cum senatus temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam,
id. Rep. 2, 12, 23:equidem ut honore dignus essem, maxime semper laboravi,
id. Planc. 20, 50:omni contentione pugnatum est ut lis haec capitis existimaretur,
id. Clu. 41, 116:omnis spes ad id versa ut totis viribus terra adgrederentur,
Liv. 24, 34, 12:omnis cura solet in hoc versari, semper ut boni aliquid efficiam dicendo,
Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 306:se miliens morituros potius quam ut tantum dedecoris admitti patiantur,
Liv. 4, 2, 8; 2, 34, 11.—Verbs of effecting:(γ).nec potui tamen Propitiam Venerem facere uti esset mihi,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 6:prior pars orationis tuae faciebat ut mori cuperem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 47, 112:caritas annonae faciebat ut istuc... tempore magnum videretur,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215:sol efficit ut omnia floreant,
id. N. D. 2, 15, 41:potest praestare ut ea causa melior esse videatur,
id. Or. 1, 10, 44:non committam ut tibi ipse insanire videar,
id. Fam. 5, 5, 3:di prohibeant, judices, ut hoc praesidium sectorum existimetur,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:effecisti ut viverem et morerer ingratus,
Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 1:quibus nihil aliud actum est quam ut pudor hominibus peccandi demeretur,
id. Vit. Beat. 26, 6.—Verbs of obtaining:(δ).Dumnorix a Sequanis impetrat ut per fines suos Helvetios ire patiantur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:quid assequitur, nisi hoc ut arent qui... in agris remanserunt,
what does he gain, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 55, § 128:facile tenuit ut (Chalcidis) portae sibi aperirentur,
Liv. 35, 51, 6:vicerunt tribuni ut legem perferrent,
id. 4, 25, 13.—Verbs of inducing and compelling:(ε).nec ut omnia quae praescripta sunt defendamus necessitate ulla cogimur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 3, 8:civitati persuasit ut de finibus suis exirent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 2:exspectatione promissi tui moveor ut admoneam te,
Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1:Parhedrum excita ut hortum ipse conducat,
id. ib. 16, 18, 2:ille adduci non potest ut... ne lucem quoque hanc eripere cupiat, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 52, 150:impellit alios avaritia, alios iracundia ut levem auditionem pro re comperta habeant,
Caes. B. G. 7, 42:ut de clementia scriberem, Nero Caesar, una me vox tua maxime compulit,
Sen. Clem. 2, 1, 1.—After verbs implying duty, right, rule, condition, or possibility:c.cum mihi ne ut dubitem quidem relinquatur,
not even the possibility of doubt, Cic. Ac. 2, 38, 119:obsides inter se dent, Sequani ne itinere Helvetios prohibeant, Helvetii ut sine maleficio transeant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 9:se ita a majoribus didicisse ut magis virtute quam dolo contenderent,
id. ib. 1, 13:mea lenitas hoc exspectavit ut id quod latebat erumperet,
Cic. Cat. 2, 12, 27:(natura) nobis insculpsit in mentibus, ut eos (deos) aeternos et beatos haberemus,
id. N. D. 1, 17, 45:hoc mihi Metellus non eripuit, hoc etiam addidit ut quererer hoc sociis imperari,
he gave the additional right, id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:ut vero conloqui cum Orpheo, Musaeo, Homero liceat, quanti tandem aestimatis?
the privilege of conversing, id. Tusc. 1, 41, 98:respondet Socrates sese meruisse ut amplissimis honoribus decoraretur,
id. Or. 1, 54, 272:meruit ut suspendatur,
Sen. Ep. 7, 5:quia enim non sum dignus prae te ut figam palum in parietem,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 4, 4.—So after dignus, Liv. 24, 16, 19; Quint. 8, 5, 12.—After verbs of fearing, where ut implies a wish contrary to the fear; that not:d.rem frumentariam, ut satis commode supportari posset, timere se dicebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39:vereor ut satis diligenter actum sit in senatu de litteris meis,
Cic. Att. 6, 4, 2:verebar ut redderentur,
id. Fam. 12, 19, 1:sin homo amens diripiendam urbem daturus est, vereor ut Dolabella ipse satis nobis prodesse possit,
id. ib. 14, 14, 1:veretur Hiempsal ut foedus satis firmum sit,
id. Leg. 2, 22, 58:timeo ut sustineas,
id. Fam. 14, 2, 3:o puer, ut sis vitalis, metuo, et majorum ne quis amicus Frigore te feriat,
Hor. S. 2, 1, 60.— So sometimes after video, with weakened force: vide ut sit, nearly = perhaps it is not (cf. Roby, Gr. 2, p. 280): considerabitis, vestri similes feminae sintne Romae;si enim non sunt, videndum est, ut honeste vos esse possitis,
Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 1.—Very rarely ut stands for ne after verbs of fearing:quia nihil minus, quam ut egredi obsessi moenibus auderent, timeri poterat,
Liv. 28, 22, 12 Weissenb. ad loc.:ut ferula caedas meritum... non vereor,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 120 Jan. and Orell. ad loc. —In interrogative clauses represented as untrue, rejecting a supposition or thought with indignation (nearly = fierine potest ut):2.me ut quisquam norit, nisi ille qui praebet cibum?
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 52:te ut ulla res frangat, tu ut umquam te corrigas?
Cic. Cat. 1, 9, 22:egone ut te interpellem?
id. Tusc. 2, 18, 42:pater ut in judicio capitis obesse filio debeat?
id. Planc. 13, 31:egone ut prolis meae fundam cruorem?
Sen. Med. 927.—In subject clauses, with impersonal predicates.a.With a predicate adjective.(α).With the idea of rule, duty, etc.:(β).id arbitror Adprime in vita utile esse, ut ne quid nimis,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 34:reliquum est ut de Catuli sententia dicendum videatur,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 20, 59:praeclarum est et verum ut eos qui nobis carissimi esse debeant, aeque ac nosmet ipsos amemus,
id. Tusc. 3, 29, 73:ergo hoc sit primum ut demonstremus quem imitetur,
id. de Or. 2, 22, 90:proximum est ut doceam, etc.,
id. N. D. 2, 29, 73:extremum est ut te orem, etc.,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 7:ei (Dionysio) ne integrum quidem erat ut ad justitiam remigraret,
permission, id. Tusc. 5, 21, 62. —With predicates, aequum est, par (anteclass. and rare):aequom videtur tibi ut ego alienum quod est Meum esse dicam?
Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 4:non par videtur... praesente ibus una paedagogus ut siet,
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 31.—In clauses expressing result and consequence:(γ).magnificum illud etiam et gloriosum ut Graecis de philosophia litteris non egeant, illud,
that result of my labors, Cic. Div. 2, 2, 5:consentaneum est huic naturae ut sapiens velit gerere et administrare rem publicam,
id. Fin. 3, 20, 68. —In clauses represented as real, true, false, certain, or probable (where the acc. and inf. might be used):b.concedetur verum esse ut bonos boni diligant,
Cic. Lael. 14, 50: sin autem illa veriora ut idem interitus animorum et corporum, etc., id. ib 4, 14; cf.:concedant ut hi viri boni fuerin (= concedant vere factum esse ut, etc.),
id. ib. 5, 18:si verum est ut populus Romanus omnis gentes virtute superarit, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 1, 1:de ipso Roscio potest illud quidem esse falsum ut circumligatus fuerit, angui,
Cic. Div. 2, 31, 66:non est verisimile ut Chrysogonus horum litteras adamarit aut humanitatem,
id. Rosc. Am. 41, 121:deos verisimile est ut alios indulgentius tractent propter parentis, alios propter futuram posterorum indolem,
Sen. Ben. 4, 32, 1; so,rarum est ut,
Quint. 3, 19, 3:quid tam inusitatum quam ut, etc.,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 21, 62.—And after potius:multi ex plebe spe amissa potius quam ut cruciarentur... se in Tiberim praecipitaverunt,
Liv. 4, 12, 11.—With predicate nouns.(α).Expressing the idea of a verb which would require an object clause, with ut:(β).quoniam ut aliter facias non est copia,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 30:Romano in hostico morandi causa erat ut hostem ad certamen eliceret,
Liv. 6, 31, 7:vetus est lex amicitiae ut idem amici semper velint,
Cic. Planc. 2, 5:consensus fuit senatus ut mature proficisceremur (= decretum est a senatu),
id. Fam. 3, 3, 1:fuit hoc sive meum, sive rei publicae fatum ut in me unum omnis illa inclinatio temporum incumberet,
ordained by fate, id. Balb. 26, 58:tempus est ut eamus ad forum,
Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 72:dicasque tempus maximum esse ut eat,
id. ib. 4, 3, 9:primum est officium ut homo se conservet in naturae statu,
Cic. Fin. 3, 6, 20:ejus culturae hoc munus est ut efficiat, etc.,
id. ib. 4, 14, 38:caput illud est ut Lyconem recipias in necessitudinem tuam,
duty, id. Fam. 13, 19, 3; so,caput est ut, etc.,
id. de Or. 1, 19, 87:fuit hoc quoddam inter Scipionem et Laelium jus ut Scipio Laelium observaret parentis loco,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:mea ratio in dicendo haec esse solet ut boni quod habeat id amplectar,
id. de Or. 2, 72, 292; so,ratio est ut,
id. Verr. 1, 11, 34: est mos hominum ut [p. 1943] nolint eundem pluribus excellere, id. Brut. 21, 84:est hoc Gallicae consuetudinis ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 5.—Expressing result and consequence:c.est hoc commune vitium in magnis liberisque civitatibus ut invidia gloriae comes sit,
Nep. Chabr. 3, 3.—With impersonal verbs.(α).Including the idea of a verb requiring an object clause, with ut:(β).convenit, victi utri sint eo proelio, urbem, agrum... seque uti dederent,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 71:mihi cum Dejotaro convenit ut ille in meis castris esset,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 14:placitum est ut in aprico loco considerent,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:postea mihi placuit ut, etc.,
id. Or. 1, 34, 155:ad Appii Claudii senectutem accedebat etiam ut caecus esset,
id. Sen. 6, 16.—So after fit, it happens:fit ut natura ipsa ad ornatius dicendi genus incitemur,
Cic. Or. 2, 83, 338:potest fieri ut res verbosior haec fuerit, illa verior,
it may be that, id. Att. 8, 3, 6; id. Ac. 2, 11, 36; id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190.—So with accidit, evenit, contigit: accidit... ut illo itinere veniret Lampsacum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63; so id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 25:sed tamen hoc evenit ut in vulgus insipientium opinio valeat,
id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63:utinam Caesari contigisset ut esset optimo cuique carissimus,
id. Phil. 5, 18, 49.—Denoting consequence:(γ).ex quo efficitur ut quidquid honestum sit, idem sit utile,
Cic. Off. 2, 3, 10:sequitur ut dicamus quae beneficia danda sint et quemadmodum,
Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 1:sequitur ut causa ponatur,
Cic. Or. 2, 81, 331.—Est, in the meaning fit, or causa est:3.est ut plerique philosophi nulla tradant praecepta dicendi,
it is a fact that, Cic. Or. 2, 36, 152:non est igitur ut mirandum sit ea praesentiri,
there is no reason for wondering, id. Div. 1, 56, 128:quando fuit ut quod licet non liceret?
id. Cael. 20, 48; so, in eo est ut, prope est ut, to be on the point of, to be near to:jam in eo rem fore ut Romani aut hostes aut domini habendi sint,
Liv. 8, 27, 3:cum jam in eo esset ut comprehenderetur,
Nep. Paus. 5, 1; id. Milt. 7, 3:jam prope erat ut ne consulum quidem majestas coerceret iras hominum,
Liv. 2, 23, 14:prope est ut lamentationem exigat,
Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 4.— Here belongs the circumlocution of the periphrastic future by futurum esse or fore, with ut; generally in the inf.:arbitrabar fore ut lex de pecuniis repetundis tolleretur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 14, 41.—Very rarely in the indic.:futurum est ut sapiam,
Sen. Ep. 117, 29.—In attributive clauses, dependent on nouns not belonging to the predicate.a.With the idea of resolve, etc.:b.vicit sententia ut mitterentur coloni,
Liv. 9, 26, 4:sententiam dixit (= censuit) ut judicum comitia haberentur,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 2; id. Fam. 4, 4, 5; id. Tusc. 5, 41, 119; id. Leg. 3, 15, 33.—Of agreement:c.fide accepta ut remitterent eum,
Liv. 24, 48, 8. —Of law, rule, etc.:d.praetores rogationem promulgarunt ut omnes regiae stirpis interficerentur,
Liv. 24, 25, 10:senatus consultum factum est ut M. Fulvius litteras extemplo ad consulem mitteret,
id. 35, 24, 2:haec ei est proposita condicio ut aut juste accusaret aut acerbe moreretur,
Cic. Clu. 14, 42:Suevi in eam se consuetudinem induxerunt ut locis frigidissimis lavarentur in fluminibus,
Caes. B. G. 4, 1.—Of duty:e.jusjurandum poscit ut quod esse ex usu Galliae intellexissent, communi consilio administrarent,
Caes. B. G. 8, 6. —Of purpose, inclination, etc.:f.vobis dent di mentem oportet ut prohibeatis, etc.,
make you inclined, Liv. 6, 18, 9:causa mihi fuit huc veniendi ut quosdam hinc libros promerem,
Cic. Fin. 3, 2, 8:confectio tabularum hanc habet vim (= efficit) ut quidquid fingatur aut non constet, appareat,
id. Font. 2, 3.—Of effect, result, etc.:4.fuit ista quondam virtus ut viri fortes acrioribus suppliciis civem perniciosum quam hostem everterent,
Cic. Cat. 1, 1, 3:habet hoc virtus ut viros fortis species ejus et pulchritudo etiam in hoste posita delectet,
id. Pis. 32, 81:damnatum poenam sequi oportebat ut igni cremaretur,
Caes. B. G. 1, 4.—In clauses of manner, that, so that.a.With ita, sic, adeo, tantus, talis, or tam as antecedent (v. hh. vv.;b.anteclass. ut qui = ut): Adeon' me fungum fuisse ut qui illi crederem?
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49.—With is or hic as antecedent: eos deduxi testes et eas litteras deportavi ut de istius facto dubium esse nemini possit, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 42, § 91:c.ejusmodi res publica debet esse ut inimicus neque deesse nocenti possit, neque obesse innocenti (ejusmodi = talis),
id. ib. 2, 3, 69, §162: eo perducam servum ut in multa liber sit,
Sen. Ben. 3, 19, 2:non eo loco res humanae sunt ut vobis tantum otii supersit,
id. Vit. Beat. 27, 6:haec aequitas in tuo imperio fuit, haec praetoris dignitas ut servos Siculorum dominos esse velles,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 38, § 87:hoc jure sunt socii ut eis ne deplorare quidem de suis incommodis liceat,
id. ib. 2, 2, 27, § 65.—Without antecedents, so that:d.cujus aures clausae veritati sunt ut ab amico verum audire nequeat, hujus salus desperanda est,
Cic. Lael. 24, 90:in virtute multi sunt ascensus, ut is maxima gloria excellat qui virtute plurimum praestet,
id. Planc. 25, 60:mons altissimus impendebat ut perpauci prohibere possent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6:accessit quod Domitius Heraclea iter fecerat, ut ipsa fortuna illum obicere Pompejo videretur,
id. B. C. 3, 79:pecunia a patre exacta crudeliter, ut divenditis omnibus bonis aliquamdiu trans Tiberim veluti relegatus viveret,
Liv. 3, 13, 10:fama Gallici belli pro tumultu valuit ut et dictatorem dici placeret,
id. 8, 17, 6:nihilo minus... magnas percipiendum voluptates, ut fatendum sit, etc.,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 12, 1.—Idiomat. with non.(α).Ut non, when the principal sentence is negative, without: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunam amittere ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem, without dragging, etc., Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:(β).flaminem Quirinalem neque mittere a sacris neque retinere possumus ut non deum aut belli deseramus curam,
Liv. 24, 8, 10:non ita fracti animi civitatis erant ut non sentirent, etc.,
id. 45, 25, 12:nusquam oculi ejus flectentur ut non quod indignentur inveniant,
Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 2:ajunt, nec honeste quemquam vivere ut non jucunde vivat, nec jucunde ut non honeste quoque,
id. Vit. Beat. 6, 3:nemo in eo quod daturus es gratiam suam facere potest ut non tuam minuat,
id. Ben. 2, 4, 3; cf. also: ut non conferam vitam neque existimationem tuam cum illius;neque enim est conferenda (= ut omittam conferre),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 20, § 45.—Non ut, followed by sed quod, causal (= non quod, sed quod;e.rare): earum exempla tibi misi non ut deliberarem reddendaene essent, sed quod non dubito, etc.,
not that... but because, Cic. Att. 14, 17, 4:haec ad te scribo non ut queas tu demere solitudinem, sed, etc.,
id. ib. 11, 15, 3.—Followed by sed ut:benigne accipe (beneficium): rettulisti gratiam, non ut solvisse te putes, sed ut securior debeas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 35, 5; and in reversed order: quorsum haec praeterita? Quia sequitur illud, etc.;non ut eas res causam adferrent amoris,
Cic. Fat. 15, 35.—Rarely nedum ut, in the sense of nedum alone, much less that, not to mention that (mostly post-class.; cf.Zumpt, Gram. § 573): ne voce quidem incommoda, nedum ut illa vis fieret, paulatim permulcendo mansuefecerant plebem,
Liv. 3, 14, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.:quando enim... fama in totam urbem penetrat? nedum ut per tot provincias innotescat,
Tac. Or. 10.—Conditional or concessive.(α).Granting that ( for argument's sake):(β).quod ut ita sit—nihil enim pugno—quid habet ista res aut laetabile aut gloriosum?
Cic. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:sed ut haec concedantur, reliqua qui tandem intellegi possunt?
id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:ut tibi concedam hoc indignum esse, tu mihi concedas necesse est, etc.,
id. Clu. 53, 146:quae, ut essent vera, conjungi debuerunt,
id. Fin. 4, 15, 40:quae natura ut uno consensu juncta sit et continens... quid habere mundus potest cum thesauri inventione conjunctum?
id. Div. 2, 14, 33:nihil est prudentia dulcius, quam, ut cetera auferat, adfert certe senectus,
id. Tusc. 1, 39, 94.—Even if, although:(γ).qui (exercitus) si pacis... nomen audiverit, ut non referat pedem, insistet certe,
Cic. Phil. 12, 3, 8:ut ea pars defensionis relinquatur, quid impediet actionem? etc.,
id. Ac. 2, 34, 108:ut quaeras omnia, quomodo Graeci ineptum appellant non reperies,
id. de Or. 2, 4, 18:ut enim neminem alium nisi T. Patinam rogasset, scire potuit, illo ipso die a Milone prodi flaminem,
id. Mil. 17, 46: verum ut hoc non sit, tamen praeclarum spectaculum mihi propono, id. Att. 2, 15; id. Leg. 1, 8, 23; id. Fat. 5, 9; id. Verr. 2, 3, 64, § 151; 2, 1, 45, § 117; id. Planc. 25, 62:qui, ut non omnis peritissimus sim belli, cum Romanis certe bellare didici,
Liv. 36, 7, 20:neque equites armis equisque salvis tantum vim fluminis superasse verisimile est, ut jam Hispanos omnes inflati travexerint utres,
id. 21, 47, 5:at enim, ut jam ita sint haec, quid ad vos, Romani?
id. 34, 32, 13:ut jam Macedonia deficiat,
id. 42, 12, 10:cum jam ut virtus vestra transire alio possit, fortuna certe loci hujus transferri non possit,
id. 5, 54, 6; 22, 50, 2; cf.:ac jam ut omnia contra opinionem acciderent, tamen se plurimum navibus posse,
Caes. B. G. 3, 9:ut desint vires tamen est laudanda voluntas,
Ov. P. 3, 4, 79:ut dura videatur appellatio, tamen sola est,
Quint. 3, 8, 25; 6, prooem. 15.—Ut maxime = si maxime:quaere rationem cur ita videatur: quam ut maxime inveneris... non tu verum testem habere, sed eum non sine causa falsum testimonium dicere ostenderis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 25, 81.—With nihilominus:quae (res) nihilominus, ut ego absim, confici poterunt,
Cic. Fam. 10, 2, 2.—Provided that:5.ambulatiuncula, ut tantum faciamus quantum in Tusculano fecimus, prope dimidio minoris constabit isto loco,
Cic. Att. 13, 39, 2: dabo egenti, sed ut ipse non egeam;succurram perituro, sed ut ipse non peream,
Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 1.—In clauses of purpose (final clauses; distinguished from object clauses with ut; v. C. 1., in which the verb itself contains the idea of purpose, the clause completing the idea of the verb), in order that, so that, so as to.a.In gen.:b.quin voco, ut me audiat, nomine illam suo?
Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 17:haec acta res est uti nobiles restituerentur in civitatem,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 51, 149:intellego, tempus hoc vobis divinitus datum esse ut odio... totum ordinem liberetis,
id. Verr. 1, 15, 43:Caesar singulis legionibus singulos legatos praefecit uti eos testes suae quisque virtutis haberet,
Caes. B. G. 1, 52.—And with ut ne, instead of ne, lest:id ut ne fiat, haec res sola est remedio,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 49; v. 1. ne, I. B. 4. a.—Very rarely, ut non for ne, expressing a negative purpose:ut plura non dicam neque aliorum exemplis confirmem quantum valeat (= ut praeteream),
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; cf. d. a fin. supra.—Esp., after certain antecedents.(α).After id, for the purpose (ante-class.):(β).id huc reverti uti me purgarem tibi,
Plaut. Am. 3, 2, 28.—After idcirco:(γ).idcirco amicitiae comparantur ut commune commodum mutuis officiis gubernetur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 111:legum idcirco omnes servi sumus ut liberi esse possimus,
id. Clu. 53, 146; id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—After ideo and eo:(δ).non ideo Rhenum insedimus ut Italiam tueremur, sed ne quis, etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 73:Marionem ad te eo misi ut aut tecum ad me quam primum veniret, aut, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 16, 1, 1.—After ad eam rem, ad hoc, in hoc:(ε).ad eam rem vos delecti estis ut eos condemnaretis quos sectores jugulare non potuissent?
Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:praebere se facilem ad hoc ut quem obligavit etiam exsolvi velit?
Sen. Ben. 2, 17, 6:homo natus in hoc ut mores liberae civitatis Persica servitute mutaret,
id. ib. 2, 12, 2.—After ea mente, hac mente:(ζ).navis onerarias Dolabella ea mente comparavit ut Italiam peteret,
Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 1:hac mente laborem Sese ferre senes ut in otia tuta recedant Ajunt,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 30.—After potius quam:c.potius ad delendam memoriam dedecoris, quam ut timorem faciat,
Liv. 6, 28, 8:potius quodcumque casus ferat passuros, quam ut sprevisse Tarentinos videantur,
id. 9, 14, 8.—Idiomat.(α).With the principal predicate, referring to the conception of the writer, understood; mostly parenthet. = the Engl. inf.: ut in pauca conferam, testamento facto mulier moritur, to be brief, etc., Cic. Caecin. 6, 17:(β).ecquid tibi videtur, ut ad fabulas veniamus, senex ille Caecilianus minoris facere filium rusticum?
to come to the drama, id. Rosc. Am. 16, 46:reliquum judicium de judicibus, et, vere ut dicam, de te futurum est,
to tell the truth, id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177:Murena, si nemini, ut levissime dicam, odio fuit,
to say the least, id. Mur. 40, 87: ut nihil de illo tempore, nihil de calamitate rei publicae [p. 1944] querar, hoc tibi respondeo, etc., not to complain of that time, etc., id. Caecin. 33, 95: quae cum se disposuit, et partibus suis consensit, et, ut ita dicam concinuit, summum bonum tetigit, and, so to speak, chimes in, etc., Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5:ecce— ut idem in singulos annos orbis volveretur —Hernici nuntiant Volscos et Aequos reficere, etc.,
Liv. 3, 10, 8.—Satis ut, enough to (lit. enough for the purpose of):(γ).satis esse magna incommoda accepta ut reliquos casus timerent,
disasters large enough to make them afraid, Caes. B. C. 3, 10.—Quam ut after comparatives, too much to:quod praeceptum, quia major erat quam ut ab homine videretur, idcirco adsignatum est deo,
too great to come from man, Cic. Fin. 5, 16, 44:quis non intellegit, Canachi signa rigidiora esse quam ut imitentur veritatem?
id. Brut. 18, 70:clarior res erat quam ut tegi ac dissimulari posset,
too clear to be covered up, Liv. 26, 51, 11:potentius jam id malum apparuit quam ut minores per magistratus sedaretur,
id. 25, 1, 11:est tamen aliquis minor quam ut in sinu ejus condenda sit civitas,
Sen. Ben. 2, 16, 2. -
20 proche
proche [pʀɔ∫]1. adjectiveb. ( = imminent) [mort, départ] imminent• être proche [fin, but] to be drawing nearc. [ami, parent] close2. masculine noun* * *pʀɔʃ
1.
1) ( dans l'espace) [bâtiment, maison, rue] nearby (épith)proche de — close to, near
2) ( dans le futur) [événement] imminent3) ( récent) [événement] recent; [souvenir] real, vivid4) ( voisin) gén similar; [langues] closely relatedproche de — [chiffre, langue] close to; [idée, conclusion, parti] similar to; [attitude] verging on
5) ( sur le plan affectif) [personnes] close (de to); Administration ( sur un formulaire)
2.
de proche en proche locution adverbiale little by little, gradually
3.
* * *pʀɔʃ1. adj1) (dans l'espace) nearbyIl habitait dans un village proche. — He lived in a nearby village.
être proche — to be near, to be nearby
La cathédrale est proche du château. — The cathedral is near the castle.
Les magasins les plus proches étaient à trois kilomètres. — The nearest shops were 3 kilometres away.
2) (dans le temps) (date) imminent, (dénouement, découverte) close at handLes vacances sont proches. — It's nearly the holidays.
3) (parent, ami) close2. nm1) (= ami) close friendl'un de ses proches — one of his close friends, one of her close friends
2) (= parent) close relativeLes proches n'ont pas encore été prévenus. — The next of kin haven't been informed yet.
* * *A adj1 ( dans l'espace) [bâtiment, maison, rue] nearby ( épith); proche de close to, near; c'est tout proche it's very close; dans une maison toute proche in a nearby house; le plus proche the nearest; c'est notre plus proche voisin he's our nearest neighbourGB; ce n'est pas très proche it's quite a way (off); assez proche not far away; un village assez proche a village not far away; les bureaux sont très proches les uns des autres the desks are very close together;2 ( dans le futur) [moment, départ, événement] imminent; [souvenir] real, vivid; la nuit est proche it'll soon be dark; le temps est proche où the time will soon come when; la victoire est proche victory is at hand; la mort est proche death is imminent; être proche de la mort to be near ou close to death; la fin est proche the end is (drawing) near;4 ( voisin) [chiffres, valeurs, taux] similar; [langues] closely related; [sens, idées, théories, résultats, partis] similar; ces deux mots sont de sens très proches these two words mean much the same; proche de [chiffre, valeur, taux, inflation, langue] close to; [idée, théorie] close ou similar to; [résultat, conclusion, parti, mouvement] similar to; [attitude, comportement] verging on; une ignorance proche de la bêtise ignorance bordering ou verging on stupidity;5 ( sur le plan affectif) [personnes] close (de to); Admin ( sur un formulaire) (plus) proche parent next of kin.B de proche en proche loc adv little by little, gradually.C nm ( parent) close relative; ( ami) close friend; (collègue, associé) close associate; un proche du président a close aide to the president; mes proches my nearest and dearest.[prɔʃ] adjectif1. [avoisinant] nearbyle bureau est tout proche the office is close at hand ou very near[dans le passé] in the recent past3. [cousin, parent] close4. [intime] closel'un des proches conseillers du président one of the president's trusted ou close advisors5. [semblable] similar————————[prɔʃ] nom masculinclose relative ou relationde proche en proche locution adverbialede proche en proche, j'ai fini par reconstituer les événements step by step, I finally reconstructed the eventsproche de locution prépositionnelle2. [dans le temps] close3. [en contact avec] close toêtre proche de la nature to be close to ou in touch with nature4. [semblable à - langage, espèce animale] closely related to ; [ - style, solution] similar toportrait proche de la réalité accurate ou lifelike portraitils sont proches de nous par la religion et la culture religiously and culturally they have a lot in common with us5. [sans différence de rang, d'âge avec] close to
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
The Diamond Age — … Wikipedia
The Celtic Rite — The Celtic Rite † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Celtic Rite This subject will be treated under the following seven heads: I. History and Origin; II. Manuscript Sources; III. The Divine Office; IV. The Mass; V. the Baptismal Service; … Catholic encyclopedia
List of characters in the Ice Age films — This is a list of the characters in the Ice Age films mentioned by a name either presented in the films or in official material.Characters who appeared in both filmsManfredDiego is a Smilodon who was seen in both the first film and the second… … Wikipedia
The Worm Ouroboros — This article is about the fantasy novel by Eric Rücker Eddison. For the serpentine symbol, see Ouroboros. The Worm Ouroboros … Wikipedia
The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) — The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland) I. IN THE UNITED STATES Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are … Catholic encyclopedia
The Church — The Church † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Benedictine Order — The Benedictine Order † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Benedictine Order The Benedictine Order comprises monks living under the Rule of St. Benedict, and commonly known as black monks . The order will be considered in this article under… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Vampire Diaries (novel series) — The Vampire Diaries The Vampire Diaries: Return: Midnight The Awakening The Struggle The Fury Dark Reunion The Return: Nightfall The Return: Shadow Souls The Return: Midnight The Hunters: Phantom The Hunters: Moonsong … Wikipedia
The Rite of Constantinople (Byzantine Rite) — The Rite of Constantinople † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Rite of Constantinople (Also BYZANTINE RITE.) The Liturgies, Divine Office, forms for the administration of sacraments and for various blessings, sacramentals, and exorcisms … Catholic encyclopedia
The Blessed Virgin Mary — The Blessed Virgin Mary † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God. In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… … Catholic encyclopedia
The Seal of Confession — The Law of the Seal of Confession † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Law of the Seal of Confession In the Decretum of the Gratian who compiled the edicts of previous councils and the principles of Church law which he published about 1151,… … Catholic encyclopedia
